STMicroelectronics STM32L412CB Datasheet
Oglas
Oglas
STM32L412xx
Ultra-low-power Arm
®
Cortex
®
-M4 32-bit MCU+FPU, 100DMIPS,
up to 128KB Flash, 40KB SRAM, analog, ext. SMPS
Datasheet
-
production data
Features
• Ultra-low-power with FlexPowerControl
– 1.71 V to 3.6 V power supply
– -40 °C to 85/125 °C temperature range
– 300 nA in V
BAT
mode: supply for RTC and
32x32-bit backup registers
– 16 nA Shutdown mode (4 wakeup pins)
– 32 nA Standby mode (4 wakeup pins)
– 245 nA Standby mode with RTC
– 0.7 µA Stop 2 mode, 0.95 µA with RTC
– 79 µA/MHz run mode (LDO Mode)
– 28 μ A/MHz run mode (@3.3 V SMPS
Mode)
– Batch acquisition mode (BAM)
– 4 µs wakeup from Stop mode
– Brown out reset (BOR)
– Interconnect matrix
• Core: Arm ® 32-bit Cortex ® -M4 CPU with FPU,
Adaptive real-time accelerator (ART
Accelerator™) allowing 0-wait-state execution from Flash memory, frequency up to 80 MHz,
MPU, 100DMIPS and DSP instructions
• Performance benchmark
– 1.25 DMIPS/MHz (Drystone 2.1)
– 273.55 CoreMark ® (3.42 CoreMark/MHz @
80 MHz)
• Energy benchmark
– 442 ULPMark-CP ®
– 165 ULPMark-PP
®
• Clock Sources
– 4 to 48 MHz crystal oscillator
– 32 kHz crystal oscillator for RTC (LSE)
– Internal 16 MHz factory-trimmed RC (±1%)
– Internal low-power 32 kHz RC (±5%)
– Internal multispeed 100 kHz to 48 MHz oscillator, auto-trimmed by LSE (better than
±0.25 % accuracy)
– Internal 48 MHz with clock recovery
LQFP32 (7x7 mm) UFBGA64 (5x5 mm)
LQFP48 (7x7 mm)
LQFP64 (10x10 mm)
UFQFPN32 (5x5 mm)
UFQFPN48 (7x7 mm)
WLCSP36
(2.6x3.1 mm)
– PLL for system clock
• Up to 52 fast I/Os, most 5 V-tolerant
• RTC with HW calendar, alarms and calibration
• Up to 12 capacitive sensing channels: support touchkey, linear and rotary touch sensors
• 10x timers: 1x 16-bit advanced motor-control,
1x 32-bit and 2x 16-bit general purpose, 1x 16bit basic, 2x low-power 16-bit timers (available in Stop mode), 2x watchdogs, SysTick timer
• Memories
– 128 KB single bank Flash, proprietary code readout protection
– 40 KB of SRAM including 8 KB with hardware parity check
– Quad SPI memory interface with XIP capability
• Rich analog peripherals (independent supply)
– 2x 12-bit ADC 5 Msps, up to 16-bit with hardware oversampling, 200 µA/Msps
– 2x operational amplifiers with built-in PGA
– 1x ultra-low-power comparator
– Accurate 2.5 V or 2.048 V reference voltage buffered output
• 12x communication interfaces
– USB 2.0 full-speed crystal less solution with LPM and BCD
– 3x I2C FM+(1 Mbit/s), SMBus/PMBus
– 3x USARTs (ISO 7816, LIN, IrDA, modem)
– 1x LPUART (Stop 2 wake-up)
– 2x SPIs (and 1x Quad SPI)
– IRTIM (Infrared interface)
• 14-channel DMA controller
• True random number generator
November 2020
This is information on a product in full production.
DS12469 Rev 8 1/192 www.st.com
STM32L412xx
• CRC calculation unit, 96-bit unique ID • All packages are ECOPACK2 compliant
• Development support: serial wire debug
(SWD), JTAG, Embedded Trace Macrocell™
Table 1. Device summary
Reference Part numbers
STM32L412xx
STM32L412CB, STM32L412KB, STM32L412RB, STM32L412TB
STM32L412C8, STM32L412K8, STM32L412R8, STM32L412T8
2/192 DS12469 Rev 8
1
2
3
STM32L412xx
Contents
Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Functional overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
® Cortex ® -M4 core with FPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Adaptive real-time memory accelerator (ART Accelerator™) . . . . . . . . . 16
Embedded Flash memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Cyclic redundancy check calculation unit (CRC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Power supply management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Power supply schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Power supply supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Low-power modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
General-purpose inputs/outputs (GPIOs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Direct memory access controller (DMA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Extended interrupt/event controller (EXTI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Analog to digital converter (ADC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Internal voltage reference (VREFINT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
VBAT battery voltage monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Comparators (COMP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
DS12469 Rev 8 3/192
6
4
5
6
Contents STM32L412xx
Operational amplifier (OPAMP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Touch sensing controller (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Random number generator (RNG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Advanced-control timer (TIM1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
General-purpose timers (TIM2, TIM15, TIM16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Low-power timer (LPTIM1 and LPTIM2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Infrared interface (IRTIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Independent watchdog (IWDG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
System window watchdog (WWDG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Real-time clock (RTC) and backup registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Inter-integrated circuit interface (I 2
C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Universal synchronous/asynchronous receiver transmitter (USART) . . . 45
Low-power universal asynchronous receiver transmitter (LPUART) . . . . 46
Serial peripheral interface (SPI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Clock recovery system (CRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Quad SPI memory interface (QUADSPI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Serial wire JTAG debug port (SWJ-DP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Embedded Trace Macrocell™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Pinouts and pin description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Memory mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Minimum and maximum values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Power supply scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
4/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx
7
Contents
Current consumption measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Absolute maximum ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
General operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Operating conditions at power-up / power-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Embedded reset and power control block characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Embedded voltage reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Supply current characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
External clock source characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Internal clock source characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Flash memory characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Electrical sensitivity characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
I/O current injection characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
NRST pin characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Extended interrupt and event controller input (EXTI) characteristics . . 137
Analog switches booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Analog-to-Digital converter characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Comparator characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Operational amplifiers characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Temperature sensor characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
monitoring characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Communication interfaces characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
LQFP64 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
UFBGA64 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
LQFP48 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
UFQFPN48 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
WLCSP36 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
UFQFPN32 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
DS12469 Rev 8 5/192
6
8
9
Contents STM32L412xx
LQFP32 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Reference document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Selecting the product temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Revision history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
6/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx
List of tables
List of tables
STM32L412xx memory map and peripheral register boundary addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Current consumption in Run modes, code with data processing running from Flash,
ART enable (Cache ON Prefetch OFF) and power supplied by external SMPS
Current consumption in Run modes, code with data processing running from Flash,
ART disable and power supplied by external SMPS (VDD12 = 1.10 V). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Current consumption in Run, code with data processing running from
SRAM1 and power supplied by external SMPS (VDD12 = 1.10 V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Typical current consumption in Run, with different codes running from Flash,
ART enable (Cache ON Prefetch OFF) and power supplied by external SMPS
Typical current consumption in Run, with different codes running from Flash,
ART enable (Cache ON Prefetch OFF) and power supplied by external SMPS
Typical current consumption in Run modes, with different codes running from
DS12469 Rev 8 7/192
9
List of tables STM32L412xx
Flash, ART disable and power supplied by external SMPS (VDD12 = 1.10 V) . . . . . . . . . 93
Typical current consumption in Run modes, with different codesrunning from
Flash, ART disable and power supplied by external SMPS (VDD12 = 1.00 V) . . . . . . . . . 94
Typical current consumption in Run, with different codes running from
SRAM1 and power supplied by external SMPS (VDD12 = 1.10 V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Typical current consumption in Run, with different codes running from
SRAM1 and power supplied by external SMPS (VDD12 = 1.00 V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Current consumption in Sleep and Low-power sleep modes, Flash ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Current consumption in Sleep, Flash ON and power supplied by external SMPS
Current consumption in Low-power sleep modes, Flash in power-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
LSE oscillator characteristics (f
= 32.768 kHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
8/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx List of tables
monitoring characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
charging characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
UFBGA64 - Recommended PCB design rules (0.5 mm pitch BGA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
DS12469 Rev 8 9/192
9
List of figures
List of figures
STM32L412xx
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
STM32L412Rx, external SMPS, LQFP64 pinout
(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
STM32L412Rx UFBGA64, external SMPS, ballout
(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
STM32L412Tx, external SMPS, WLCSP36 ballout
(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Current consumption measurement scheme with and without external
I/O AC characteristics definition
(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
10/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx List of figures
DS12469 Rev 8 11/192
11
Introduction
1 Introduction
STM32L412xx
This datasheet provides the ordering information and mechanical device characteristics of the STM32L412xx microcontrollers.
This document should be read in conjunction with the STM32L41x, STM32L42x,
STM32L43x, STM32L44x, STM32L45x, STM32L46x reference manual (RM0394), available from the STMicroelectronics website www.st.com
.
For information on the Arm ®(a) Cortex ® -M4 core, refer to the Cortex
Reference Manual, available from the www.arm.com website.
® -M4 Technical
12/192 a. Arm is a registered trademark of Arm Limited (or its subsidiaries) in the US and/or elsewhere.
DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx
2 Description
Description
The STM32L412xx devices are ultra-low-power microcontrollers based on the high-performance Arm ® Cortex ® -M4 32-bit RISC core operating at a frequency of up to
80 MHz. The Cortex-M4 core features a Floating point unit (FPU) single precision that supports all Arm ® single-precision data-processing instructions and data types. It also implements a full set of DSP instructions and a memory protection unit (MPU) which enhances application security.
The STM32L412xx devices embed high-speed memories (Flash memory up to 128
Kbyte,40 Kbyte of SRAM), a Quad SPI Flash memories interface (available on all packages) and an extensive range of enhanced I/Os and peripherals connected to two APB buses, two
AHB buses and a 32-bit multi-AHB bus matrix.
The STM32L412xx devices embed several protection mechanisms for embedded Flash memory and SRAM: readout protection, write protection, proprietary code readout protection and Firewall.
The devices offer two fast 12-bit ADC (5 Msps), two comparators, one operational amplifier, a low-power RTC, one general-purpose 32-bit timer, one 16-bit PWM timer dedicated to motor control, four general-purpose 16-bit timers, and two 16-bit low-power timers.
In addition, up to 12 capacitive sensing channels are available.
They also feature standard and advanced communication interfaces, namely three I2Cs, two SPIs, three USARTs and one Low-Power UART, one USB full-speed device crystal less.
The STM32L412xx operates in the -40 to +85 °C (+105 °C junction) and -40 to +125 °C
(+130 °C junction) temperature ranges from a 1.71 to 3.6 V V
DD internal LDO regulator and a 1.00 to 1.32V V
power supply when using
DD12
power supply when using external SMPS supply. A comprehensive set of power-saving modes makes possible the design of lowpower applications.
Some independent power supplies are supported: analog independent supply input for
ADC, OPAMP and comparator. A VBAT input makes it possible to backup the RTC and backup registers. Dedicated V
DD12
power supplies can be used to bypass the internal LDO regulator when connected to an external SMPS.
The STM32L412xx family offers six packages from 32 to 64-pin packages.
Table 2. STM32L412xx family device features and peripheral counts
Peripheral
Flash memory
SRAM
Quad SPI
128KB 64KB 128KB 64KB 128KB
40KB
Yes
64KB 128KB 64KB
DS12469 Rev 8 13/192
49
Description STM32L412xx
Table 2. STM32L412xx family device features and peripheral counts (continued)
Peripheral
Advanced control
Timers
Comm. interfac es
General purpose
Basic
Low -power
SysTick timer
Watchdog timers
(independent, window)
SPI
I
2
C
USART
LPUART
USB FS
RTC
Tamper pins
Random generator
GPIOs
(1)
Wakeup pins
Capacitive sensing
Number of channels
12-bit ADC
Number of channels
Internal voltage reference buffer
Analog comparator
Operational amplifiers
Max. CPU frequency
Operating voltage (V
DD
)
Operating voltage
(V
DD12
)
2
52
4
12
2
16
2
3
3
1
2
38
3
6
2
10
1 (16-bit)
2 (16-bit)
1 (32-bit)
1 (16-bit)
2 (16-bit)
1
2
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
1
1
80 MHz
1.71 to 3.6 V
1.00 to 1.32 V
30
2
2
10
1
2
2
1
1
2
26
2
2
10
Operating temperature
Packages
LQFP64
UFBGA64
Ambient operating temperature: -40 to 85 °C / -40 to 125 °C
Junction temperature: -40 to 105 °C / -40 to 130 °C
LQFP48
UFQFPN48
WLCSP36
UFQFPN32
LQFP32
1. In case external SMPS package type is used, 2 GPIO's are replaced by VDD12 pins to connect the SMPS power supplies hence reducing the number of available GPIO's by 2.
14/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Description
NJTRST, JTDI,
JTCK/SWCLK
JTDO/SWD, JTDO
TRACECLK
TRACED[3:0]
Figure 1. STM32L412xx block diagram
JTAG & SW
ETM
ARM Cortex-M4
80 MHz
FPU
MPU
NVIC
D-BUS
I-BUS
S-BUS
7 Groups of
4 channels max as AF
PA[15:0]
PB[15:0]
PC[15:0]
PD2
PH[1:0],
PH[3]
DMA2
DMA1
Touch sensing controller
GPIO PORT A
GPIO PORT B
GPIO PORT C
GPIO PORT D
GPIO PORT H
@ VDD
16 external analog inputs
16 external analog inputs
VREF+
83 AF
3 compl. channels (TIM1_CH[1:3]N),
4 channels (TIM1_CH[1:4]),
ETR, BKIN, BKIN2 as AF
@ VDDA
ADC1
ADC2
ITF
@ VDDA
VREF Buffer
EXT IT. WKUP
TIM1 / PWM 16b
2 channels,
1 compl. channel, BKIN as AF
1 channel,
1 compl. channel, BKIN as AF
RX, TX, CK,CTS,
RTS as AF
MOSI, MISO,
SCK, NSS as AF
TIM15
TIM16
16b
16b smcard
IrDA
USART1
SPI1
Quad SPI memory interface
D0[3:0],
D1[3:0],
CLK0,
CLK1
CS
RNG
Flash up to
128 KB
SRAM2 8 KB
SRAM1 32 KB
AHB2 80 MHz
AHB/APB2 AHB/APB1
@ VDD
MSI
RC HSI
RC LSI
PLL 1&2
HSI48
Reset & clock control
CRC reset
Int
VDD Power management
Voltage regulator
3.3 to 1.2 V
@ VDD
Supply supervision
BOR
PVD, PVM
@VDD
XTAL OSC
4- 16MHz
IWDG
Standby interface
@VBAT
XTAL 32 kHz
RTC
AWU
Backup register
VDD = 1.71 to 3.6 V
VSS
VDDUSB
VDDA, VSSA
VDD, VSS, NRST
OSC_IN
OSC_OUT
VBAT = 1.55 to 3.6 V
TIM2
32b
@ VDDUSB
USB FS
CRS
USART2 smcard
IrDA
USART3 smcard
IrDA
OSC32_IN
OSC32_OUT
RTC_TS
RTC_TAMPx
RTC_OUT
4 channels, ETR as AF
DP
DM
NOE
CRS_SYNC
RX, TX, CK, CTS, RTS as AF
RX, TX, CK, CTS, RTS as AF
WWDG
SPI2
I2C1/SMBUS
I2C2/SMBUS
I2C3/SMBUS
MOSI, MISO, SCK, NSS as AF
SCL, SDA, SMBA as AF
SCL, SDA, SMBA as AF
SCL, SDA, SMBA as AF
TIM6 16b
@VDDA
OpAmp1
LPUART1
VOUT, VINM, VINP
RX, TX, CTS, RTS as AF
INP, INM, OUT
@ VDDA
COMP1
FIREWALL
LPTIM1
LPTIM2
IN1, IN2, OUT, ETR as AF
IN1, OUT, ETR as AF
MSv45999V2
Note: AF: alternate function on I/O pins.
DS12469 Rev 8 15/192
49
Functional overview STM32L412xx
3.1 Arm
®
Cortex
®
-M4 core with FPU
The Arm
®
Cortex
®
-M4 with FPU processor is the latest generation of Arm
®
processors for embedded systems, developed to provide a low-cost platform that meets the needs of MCU implementation with a reduced pin count and low-power consumption, while delivering outstanding computational performance and an advanced response to interrupts.
The Arm
®
Cortex
®
-M4 with FPU 32-bit RISC processor features exceptional codeefficiency, delivering the high-performance expected from an Arm
®
core in the memory size usually associated with 8- and 16-bit devices.
The processor supports a set of DSP instructions enabling efficient signal processing and complex algorithm execution.
Its single precision FPU speeds up software development by using metalanguage development tools, while avoiding saturation.
With its embedded Arm
®
core, the STM32L412xx family is compatible with all Arm
®
tools and software.
Figure 1 shows the general block diagram of the STM32L412xx family devices.
3.2 Adaptive real-time memory accelerator (ART Accelerator™)
The ART Accelerator™ is a memory accelerator optimized for STM32 industry-standard
Arm ® Cortex ® -M4 processors. It balances the inherent performance advantage of the Arm ®
Cortex ® -M4 over Flash memory technologies, which normally requires the processor to wait for the Flash memory at higher frequencies.
To release the processor near 100 DMIPS performance at 80 MHz, the accelerator implements an instruction prefetch queue and branch cache, which increases program execution speed from the 64-bit Flash memory. Based on CoreMark benchmark, the performance achieved thanks to the ART accelerator is equivalent to 0 wait state program execution from Flash memory at a CPU frequency up to 80 MHz.
3.3 Memory protection unit
The memory protection unit (MPU) is used to manage the CPU accesses to memory to prevent one task to accidentally corrupt the memory or resources used by any other active task. This memory area is organized into up to 8 protected areas that can in turn be divided up into 8 subareas. The protection area sizes are between 32 bytes and the whole
4 Gigabytes of addressable memory.
The MPU is especially helpful for applications where some critical or certified code has to be protected against the misbehavior of other tasks. It is usually managed by an RTOS (realtime operating system). If a program accesses a memory location that is prohibited by the
MPU, the RTOS can detect it and take action. In an RTOS environment, the kernel can dynamically update the MPU area setting, based on the process to be executed.
The MPU is optional and can be bypassed for applications that do not need it.
16/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx
3.4
Functional overview
Embedded Flash memory
STM32L412xx devices feature 128Kbyte of embedded Flash memory available for storing programs and data in single bank architecture.The Flash memory contains 64 pages of 2
Kbyte
Flexible protections can be configured thanks to option bytes:
• Readout protection (RDP) to protect the whole memory. Three levels are available:
– Level 0: no readout protection
– Level 1: memory readout protection: the Flash memory cannot be read from or written to if either debug features are connected, boot in RAM or bootloader is selected
– Level 2: chip readout protection: debug features (Cortex-M4 JTAG and serial wire), boot in RAM and bootloader selection are disabled (JTAG fuse). This selection is irreversible.
Table 3. Access status versus readout protection level and execution modes
Area
Protection level
User execution
Debug, boot from RAM or boot from system memory (loader)
Read Write Erase Read Write Erase
Main memory
System memory
Option bytes
Backup registers
SRAM2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
1. Erased when RDP change from Level 1 to Level 0.
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
N/A
(1)
N/A
Yes (1)
Yes
No
N/A
Yes
N/A
Yes
N/A
No
N/A
No
N/A
No
N/A
No
N/A
Yes
N/A
No
N/A
No
N/A
No
N/A
No
N/A
Yes
N/A
N/A
(1)
N/A
No (1)
N/A
• Write protection (WRP): the protected area is protected against erasing and programming. Two areas can be selected, with 2-Kbyte granularity.
• Proprietary code readout protection (PCROP): a part of the flash memory can be protected against read and write from third parties. The protected area is execute-only: it can only be reached by the STM32 CPU, as an instruction code, while all other accesses (DMA, debug and CPU data read, write and erase) are strictly prohibited.
The PCROP area granularity is 64-bit wide. An additional option bit (PCROP_RDP) allows the user to select if the PCROP area is erased or not when the RDP protection is changed from Level 1 to Level 0.
The whole non-volatile memory embeds the error correction code (ECC) feature supporting:
• single error detection and correction
• double error detection.
DS12469 Rev 8 17/192
49
Functional overview
The address of the ECC fail can be read in the ECC register.
STM32L412xx
STM32L412xx devices feature 40 Kbyte of embedded SRAM, split into two blocks:
• 32 Kbyte mapped at address 0x2000 0000 (SRAM1)
• 8 Kbyte located at address 0x1000 0000 with hardware parity check (SRAM2).
This memory is also mapped at address 0x2000 8000, offering a contiguous address space with the SRAM1 (8 Kbyte aliased by bit band)
This block is accessed through the ICode/DCode buses for maximum performance.
These 8 Kbyte SRAM can also be retained in Standby mode.
The SRAM2 can be write-protected with 1 Kbyte granularity.
The memory can be accessed in read/write at CPU clock speed with 0 wait states.
3.6 Firewall
The device embeds a Firewall which protects code sensitive and secure data from any access performed by a code executed outside of the protected areas.
Each illegal access generates a reset which kills immediately the detected intrusion.
The Firewall main features are the following:
• Three segments can be protected and defined thanks to the Firewall registers:
– Code segment (located in Flash or SRAM1 if defined as executable protected area)
– Non-volatile data segment (located in Flash)
– Volatile data segment (located in SRAM1)
• The start address and the length of each segments are configurable:
– Code segment: up to 1024 Kbyte with granularity of 256 bytes
– Non-volatile data segment: up to 1024 Kbyte with granularity of 256 bytes
– Volatile data segment: up to 128 Kbyte with a granularity of 64 bytes
• Specific mechanism implemented to open the Firewall to get access to the protected areas (call gate entry sequence)
• Volatile data segment can be shared or not with the non-protected code
• Volatile data segment can be executed or not depending on the Firewall configuration
The Flash readout protection must be set to level 2 in order to reach the expected level of protection.
18/192
At startup, BOOT0 pin or nSWBOOT0 option bit, and BOOT1 option bit are used to select one of three boot options:
• Boot from user Flash
• Boot from system memory
• Boot from embedded SRAM
DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Functional overview
BOOT0 value may come from the PH3-BOOT0 pin or from an option bit depending on the value of a user option bit to free the GPIO pad if needed.
A Flash empty check mechanism is implemented to force the boot from system flash if the first flash memory location is not programmed and if the boot selection is configured to boot from main flash.
The boot loader is located in system memory. It is used to reprogram the Flash memory by using USART, I2C, SPI or USB FS in Device mode through DFU (device firmware upgrade).
The CRC (cyclic redundancy check) calculation unit is used to get a CRC code using a configurable generator polynomial value and size.
Among other applications, CRC-based techniques are used to verify data transmission or storage integrity. In the scope of the EN/IEC 60335-1 standard, they offer a means of verifying the Flash memory integrity. The CRC calculation unit helps compute a signature of the software during runtime, to be compared with a reference signature generated at linktime and stored at a given memory location.
3.9.1
Note:
Note:
Note:
Power supply schemes
• V
DD
= 1.71 to 3.6 V: external power supply for I/Os (V
DDIO1
), the internal regulator and the system analog such as reset, power management and internal clocks. It is provided externally through VDD pins.
• V
DD12
= 1.00 to 1.32 V: external power supply bypassing internal regulator when connected to an external SMPS. It is provided externally through VDD12 pins and only available on packages with the external SMPS supply option. VDD12 does not require any external decoupling capacitance and cannot support any external load.
• V
DDA
= 1.62 V (ADC/COMP) / 1.8 (OPAMP) to 3.6 V: external analog power supply for
ADC, OPAMP, Comparator. The V
DDA voltage.
voltage level is independent from the V
DD
• V
DDUSB
= 3.0 to 3.6 V: external independent power supply for USB transceivers. The
V
DDUSB
voltage level is independent from the V
DD
voltage.
• V
BAT
= 1.55 to 3.6 V: power supply for RTC, external clock 32 kHz oscillator and backup registers (through power switch) when V
DD
is not present.
When the functions supplied by V
DDA to V
DD
.
are not used, this supply should preferably be shorted
If these supplies are tied to ground, the I/Os supplied by these power supplies are not 5 V tolerant.
V
DDIOx
V
DDIO1
is the I/Os general purpose digital functions supply. V
DDIOx
= V
DD
.
represents V
DDIO1
, with
DS12469 Rev 8 19/192
49
Functional overview
V
DDA
V
SSA
Figure 2. Power supply overview
V
DDA
domain
A/D converters
Comparators
Operational amplifiers
Voltage reference buffer
STM32L412xx
V
DDUSB
V
SS
V
DD
V
SS
USB transceivers
V
DD
domain
V
DDIO1
I/O ring
Reset block
Temp. sensor
PLL, HSI, MSI, HSI48
Standby circuitry
(Wakeup logic, IWDG)
Voltage regulator
V
CORE
V
CORE
domain
Core
Memories
Digital peripherals
V
DD12
V
BAT
Low voltage detector
Backup domain
LSE crystal 32 K osc
BKP registers
RCC BDCR register
RTC
MS49685V1
During power-up and power-down phases, the following power sequence requirements must be respected:
• When V
DD
300 mV.
is below 1 V, other power supplies (V
DDA
V
DDUSB
) must remain below V
DD
+
• When V
DD
is above 1 V, all power supplies are independent.
During the power-down phase, V
DD
can temporarily become lower than other supplies only if the energy provided to the MCU remains below 1 mJ; this allows external decoupling capacitors to be discharged with different time constants during the power-down transient phase.
20/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Functional overview
Figure 3. Power-up/down sequence
V
3.6
V
DDX
(1)
V
DD
V
BOR0
1
3.9.2
0.3
Power-on Operating mode Power-down time
Invalid supply area V
DDX
< V
DD
+ 300 mV V
DDX
independent from V
DD
MSv47490V1
1. V
DDX
refers to any power supply among V
DDA
, V
DDUSB
.
Power supply supervisor
The device has an integrated ultra-low-power brown-out reset (BOR) active in all modes except Shutdown and ensuring proper operation after power-on and during power down.
The device remains in reset mode when the monitored supply voltage V
DD specified threshold, without the need for an external reset circuit.
is below a
The lowest BOR level is 1.71V at power on, and other higher thresholds can be selected through option bytes.The device features an embedded programmable voltage detector
(PVD) that monitors the V
DD
power supply and compares it to the VPVD threshold. An interrupt can be generated when V
DD
drops below the VPVD threshold and/or when V
DD
is higher than the VPVD threshold. The interrupt service routine can then generate a warning message and/or put the MCU into a safe state. The PVD is enabled by software.
In addition, the device embeds a Peripheral Voltage Monitor which compares the independent supply voltage V
DDA
with a fixed threshold in order to ensure that the peripheral is in its functional supply range.
DS12469 Rev 8 21/192
49
Functional overview STM32L412xx
Two embedded linear voltage regulators supply most of the digital circuitries: the main regulator (MR) and the low-power regulator (LPR).
• The MR is used in the Run and Sleep modes and in the Stop 0 mode.
• The LPR is used in Low-Power Run, Low-Power Sleep, Stop 1 and Stop 2 modes. It is also used to supply the 8 Kbyte SRAM2 in Standby with SRAM2 retention.
• Both regulators are in power-down in Standby and Shutdown modes: the regulator output is in high impedance, and the kernel circuitry is powered down thus inducing zero consumption.
The ultralow-power STM32L412xx supports dynamic voltage scaling to optimize its power consumption in run mode. The voltage from the Main Regulator that supplies the logic
(V
CORE
) can be adjusted according to the system’s maximum operating frequency.
There are two power consumption ranges:
• Range 1 with the CPU running at up to 80 MHz.
• Range 2 with a maximum CPU frequency of 26 MHz. All peripheral clocks are also limited to 26 MHz.
The V
CORE
can be supplied by the low-power regulator, the main regulator being switched off. The system is then in Low-power run mode.
• Low-power run mode with the CPU running at up to 2 MHz. Peripherals with independent clock can be clocked by HSI16.
The ultra-low-power STM32L412xx supports seven low-power modes to achieve the best compromise between low-power consumption, short startup time, available peripherals and available wakeup sources.
22/192 DS12469 Rev 8
Mode
Run
LPRun
Sleep
LPSleep
Regulator
(1)
MR range 1
SMPS range 2 high
MR range2
SMPS range 2 low
LPR
MR range 1
SMPS range 2 high
MR range2
SMPS range 2 low
LPR
Table 4. STM32L412xx modes overview
CPU Flash SRAM Clocks DMA and Peripherals
(2)
Wakeup source Consumption
(3)
Yes ON (4) ON Any
All
All except USB_FS, RNG
N/A
91 µA/MHz
34 µA/MHz
79 µA/MHz
28 µA/MHz
Yes ON
(4)
ON
Any except
PLL
All except USB_FS, RNG N/A 83 µA/MHz
No ON
(4)
ON
(5)
Any
All
All except USB_FS, RNG
Any interrupt or event
21 µA/MHz
7.5 µA/MHz
20 µA/MHz
7 µA/MHz
No ON
(4)
ON
(5)
Any except
PLL
All except USB_FS, RNG
Any interrupt or event
83 µA/MHz
Wakeup time
N/A to Range 1: 4 µs to Range 2: 64 µs
6 cycles
6 cycles
Stop 0
MR Range 1
MR Range 2
No OFF ON
LSE
LSI
BOR, PVD, PVM
RTC, IWDG
COMP1, OPAMP1
USARTx (x=1...3)
(6)
LPUART1
(6)
I2Cx (x=1...3)
(7)
LPTIMx (x=1,2)
***
All other peripherals are frozen.
Reset pin, all I/Os
BOR, PVD, PVM
RTC, IWDG
COMP1
USARTx (x=1...3)
(6)
LPUART1
(6)
I2Cx (x=1...3)
(7)
LPTIMx (x=1,2)
USB_FS
(8)
105 µA
2.47 µs in SRAM
4.1 µs in Flash
Mode
Stop 1
Stop 2
Regulator
(1)
LPR
LPR
Table 4. STM32L412xx modes overview (continued)
CPU Flash SRAM Clocks DMA and Peripherals
(2)
Wakeup source Consumption
(3)
No
No
Off
Off
ON
ON
LSE
LSI
LSE
LSI
BOR, PVD, PVM
RTC, IWDG
COMP1, OPAMP1
USARTx (x=1...3)
(6)
LPUART1
(6)
I2Cx (x=1...3)
(7)
LPTIMx (x=1,2)
***
All other peripherals are frozen.
BOR, PVD, PVM
RTC, IWDG
COMP1
I2C3
(7)
LPUART1
(6)
LPTIMx (x = 1, 2)
***
All other peripherals are frozen.
Reset pin, all I/Os
BOR, PVD, PVM
RTC, IWDG
COMP1
USARTx (x=1...3)
(6)
LPUART1
(6)
I2Cx (x=1...3)
(7)
LPTIMx (x=1,2)
USB_FS (8)
Reset pin, all I/Os
BOR, PVD, PVM
RTC, IWDG
COMP1
I2C3
(7)
LPUART1
(6)
LPTIMx (x = 1, 2)
3.25 µA w/o RTC
3.65 µA w RTC
710 nA w/o RTC
950 nA w RTC
Wakeup time
5.7 µs in SRAM
7 µs in Flash
5.8 µs in SRAM
8.3 µs in Flash
Mode Regulator
(1)
Table 4. STM32L412xx modes overview (continued)
CPU Flash SRAM Clocks DMA and Peripherals
(2)
Wakeup source Consumption
(3)
Wakeup time
Standby
Shutdown
LPR
OFF
OFF
Power ed Off
Power ed Off
Off
Off
SRAM
2 ON
Power ed
Off
Power ed
Off
LSE
LSI
LSE
BOR, RTC, IWDG
***
All other peripherals are powered off.
***
I/O configuration can be floating, pull-up or pull-down
RTC
***
All other peripherals are powered off.
***
I/O configuration can be floating, pull-up or pulldown
(10)
Reset pin
5 I/Os (WKUPx)
BOR, RTC, IWDG
Reset pin
5 I/Os (WKUPx)
RTC
(9)
(9)
195 nA
105 nA
18 nA
1. LPR means Main regulator is OFF and Low-power regulator is ON.
2. All peripherals can be active or clock gated to save power consumption.
3. Typical current at V
LPRun/LPSleep.
DD
= 1.8 V, 25°C. Consumptions values provided running from SRAM, Flash memory Off, 80 MHz in Range 1, 26 MHz in Range 2, 2 MHz in
4. The Flash memory can be put in power-down and its clock can be gated off when executing from SRAM.
5. The SRAM1 and SRAM2 clocks can be gated on or off independently.
6. U(S)ART and LPUART reception is functional in Stop mode, and generates a wakeup interrupt on Start, address match or received frame event.
7. I2C address detection is functional in Stop mode, and generates a wakeup interrupt in case of address match.
8. USB_FS wakeup by resume from suspend and attach detection protocol event.
9. The I/Os with wakeup from Standby/Shutdown capability are: PA0, PC13, PA2, PC5.
10. I/Os can be configured with internal pull-up, pull-down or floating in Shutdown mode but the configuration is lost when exiting the Shutdown mode.
16.1 µs
256 µs
Functional overview STM32L412xx
By default, the microcontroller is in Run mode after a system or a power Reset. It is up to the user to select one of the low-power modes described below:
• Sleep mode
In Sleep mode, only the CPU is stopped. All peripherals continue to operate and can wake up the CPU when an interrupt/event occurs.
• Low-power run mode
This mode is achieved with V
CORE
supplied by the low-power regulator to minimize the regulator's operating current. The code can be executed from SRAM or from Flash, and the CPU frequency is limited to 2 MHz. The peripherals with independent clock can be clocked by HSI16.
• Low-power sleep mode
This mode is entered from the low-power run mode. Only the CPU clock is stopped.
When wakeup is triggered by an event or an interrupt, the system reverts to the lowpower run mode.
• Stop 0, Stop 1 and Stop 2 modes
Stop mode achieves the lowest power consumption while retaining the content of
SRAM and registers. All clocks in the V
CORE
domain are stopped, the PLL, the MSI
RC, the HSI16 RC and the HSE crystal oscillators are disabled. The LSE or LSI is still running.
The RTC can remain active (Stop mode with RTC, Stop mode without RTC).
Some peripherals with wakeup capability can enable the HSI16 RC during Stop mode to detect their wakeup condition.
Three Stop modes are available: Stop 0, Stop 1 and Stop 2 modes. In Stop 2 mode, most of the V
CORE
domain is put in a lower leakage mode.
Stop 1 offers the largest number of active peripherals and wakeup sources, a smaller wakeup time but a higher consumption than Stop 2. In Stop 0 mode, the main regulator remains ON, allowing a very fast wakeup time but with much higher consumption.
The system clock when exiting from Stop 0, Stop 1 or Stop 2 modes can be either MSI up to 48 MHz or HSI16, depending on software configuration.
• Standby mode
The Standby mode is used to achieve the lowest power consumption with BOR. The internal regulator is switched off so that the V
CORE
domain is powered off. The PLL, the
MSI RC, the HSI16 RC and the HSE crystal oscillators are also switched off.
The RTC can remain active (Standby mode with RTC, Standby mode without RTC).
The brown-out reset (BOR) always remains active in Standby mode.
The state of each I/O during standby mode can be selected by software: I/O with internal pull-up, internal pull-down or floating.
After entering Standby mode, SRAM1 and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain and Standby circuitry. Optionally, SRAM2 can be retained in
Standby mode, supplied by the low-power Regulator (Standby with SRAM2 retention mode).
The device exits Standby mode when an external reset (NRST pin), an IWDG reset,
WKUP pin event (configurable rising or falling edge), or an RTC event occurs (alarm, periodic wakeup, timestamp, tamper) or a failure is detected on LSE (CSS on LSE).
The system clock after wakeup is MSI up to 8 MHz.
26/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Functional overview
• Shutdown mode
The Shutdown mode permits to achieve the lowest power consumption. The internal regulator is switched off so that the V
CORE
domain is powered off. The PLL, the HSI16, the MSI, the LSI and the HSE oscillators are also switched off.
The RTC can remain active (Shutdown mode with RTC, Shutdown mode without RTC).
The BOR is not available in Shutdown mode. No power voltage monitoring is possible in this mode, therefore the switch to Backup domain is not supported.
SRAM1, SRAM2 and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain.
The device exits Shutdown mode when an external reset (NRST pin), a WKUP pin event (configurable rising or falling edge), or an RTC event occurs (alarm, periodic wakeup, timestamp, tamper).
The system clock after wakeup is MSI at 4 MHz.
DS12469 Rev 8 27/192
49
Functional overview STM32L412xx
Table 5. Functionalities depending on the working mode (1)
Stop 0/1 Stop 2 Standby Shutdown
Peripheral Run Sleep
Lowpower run
Lowpower sleep -
VBAT
CPU
Flash memory (up to
128 KB)
SRAM1 (32 KB)
SRAM2 (8 KB)
Quad SPI
Backup registers
Brown-out reset
(BOR)
Programmable voltage detector
(PVD)
Peripheral voltage monitor (PVMx; x=1,3,4)
DMA
High speed Internal
(HSI16)
Oscillator RC48
High speed external
(HSE)
Low speed internal
(LSI)
Low speed external
(LSE)
Multi-Speed internal
(MSI)
Clock security system (CSS)
Clock security system on LSE
RTC / Auto wakeup
Number of RTC
Tamper pins
USARTx (x=1,2,3)
Y
O
(2)
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
2
O
O
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
O
(2)
Y
(3)
Y (3)
O
Y
Y
O
O
O
2
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Y
O
(2)
O
Y
Y
Y
Y
O
O
O
2
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
-
O
-
O
(2)
Y
(3)
Y (3)
O
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
-
-
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O (4)
-
Y
Y Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
O
O
O
-
O
O
O
O
O
2
O
O
O
O O
-
-
-
(5)
-
-
-
-
O
O O O
-
-
-
(5)
O
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
O
-
-
-
-
O
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
O
O
O
O
2 O
O
(6)
O
2
-
O
O
O
-
O
O
2
-
O
O
O
-
O
O
2
-
-
O
O
-
-
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
-
-
O
-
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
28/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Functional overview
Table 5. Functionalities depending on the working mode (1) (continued)
Stop 0/1 Stop 2 Standby Shutdown
Peripheral Run Sleep
Lowpower run
Lowpower sleep -
VBAT
Low-power UART
(LPUART)
I2Cx (x=1,2)
I2C3
SPIx (x=1,2)
ADCx (x=1,2)
OPAMPx (x=1)
COMP1
Temperature sensor
Timers (TIMx)
Low-power timer 1
(LPTIM1)
Low-power timer 2
(LPTIM2)
Independent watchdog (IWDG)
Window watchdog
(WWDG)
SysTick timer
Touch sensing controller (TSC)
Random number generator (RNG)
CRC calculation unit
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
(8)
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
(8)
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
-
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
-
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
O
O (7)
O
(7)
-
-
O
O
O
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
O (7)
O
(7)
-
-
O
O
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
-
O
(7)
-
-
O
O
O
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
-
O
(7)
-
-
O
O
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
GPIOs
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
-
O
-
O
-
O
-
O
-
(9)
-
4 pins
(10)
-
(11)
-
4 pins
-
-
1. Legend: Y = Yes (Enable). O = Optional (Disable by default. Can be enabled by software). - = Not available.
2. The Flash can be configured in power-down mode. By default, it is not in power-down mode.
3. The SRAM clock can be gated on or off.
4. SRAM2 content is preserved when the bit RRS is set in PWR_CR3 register.
5. Some peripherals with wakeup from Stop capability can request HSI16 to be enabled. In this case, HSI16 is woken up by the peripheral, and only feeds the peripheral which requested it. HSI16 is automatically put off when the peripheral does not need it anymore.
6. LPUART reception is functional in Stop mode, and generates a wakeup interrupt on Start, address match or received frame event.
DS12469 Rev 8 29/192
49
Functional overview STM32L412xx
7. I2C address detection is functional in Stop mode, and generates a wakeup interrupt in case of address match.
8. Voltage scaling Range 1 only.
9. I/Os can be configured with internal pull-up, pull-down or floating in Standby mode.
10. The I/Os with wakeup from Standby/Shutdown capability are: PA0, PC13, PE6, PA2, PC5.
11. I/Os can be configured with internal pull-up, pull-down or floating in Shutdown mode but the configuration is lost when exiting the Shutdown mode.
In order to improve the consumption under reset, the I/Os state under and after reset is
“analog state” (the I/O schmitt trigger is disable). In addition, the internal reset pull-up is deactivated when the reset source is internal.
Note:
The VBAT pin permits to power the device VBAT domain from an external battery, an external supercapacitor, or from V
DD
when no external battery and an external supercapacitor are present. The VBAT pin supplies the RTC with LSE and the backup registers. Two anti-tamper detection pins are available in VBAT mode.
VBAT operation is automatically activated when V
DD
is not present.
An internal VBAT battery charging circuit is embedded and can be activated when V
DD present.
is
When the microcontroller is supplied from VBAT, external interrupts and RTC alarm/events do not exit it from VBAT operation.
Several peripherals have direct connections between them. This allows autonomous communication between peripherals, saving CPU resources thus power supply consumption. In addition, these hardware connections allow fast and predictable latency.
Depending on peripherals, these interconnections can operate in Run, Sleep, low-power run and sleep, Stop 0, Stop 1 and Stop 2 modes.
Table 6. STM32L412xx peripherals interconnect matrix
Interconnect source
Interconnect destination
Interconnect action
TIMx
30/192
TIMx
ADCx
DMA
COMPx
Timers synchronization or chaining
Conversion triggers
Memory to memory transfer trigger
Comparator output blanking
DS12469 Rev 8
Y Y Y Y -
Y Y Y Y -
Y Y Y Y -
Y Y Y Y -
STM32L412xx Functional overview
Table 6. STM32L412xx peripherals interconnect matrix (continued)
Interconnect source
Interconnect destination
Interconnect action
TIM15/TIM16
COMPx
ADCx
RTC
IRTIM
TIM1
TIM2
LPTIMERx
TIM1
TIM16
LPTIMERx
All clocks sources (internal and external)
TIM2
TIM15, 16
CSS
CPU (hard fault)
RAM (parity error)
Flash memory (ECC error)
COMPx
PVD
TIM1
TIM15,16
TIMx
LPTIMERx
GPIO
ADCx
Infrared interface output generation
Timer input channel, trigger, break from analog signals comparison
Low-power timer triggered by analog signals comparison
Timer triggered by analog watchdog
Timer input channel from RTC events
Low-power timer triggered by RTC alarms or tampers
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
-
-
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Y Y Y Y -
Y Y Y Y -
Y Y Y Y Y Y
Clock source used as input channel for
RC measurement and trimming
Y Y Y Y -
Timer break
External trigger
External trigger
Conversion external trigger
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
Y
DS12469 Rev 8 31/192
49
Functional overview STM32L412xx
3.11 Clocks and startup
The clock controller (see Figure 4
) distributes the clocks coming from different oscillators to the core and the peripherals. It also manages clock gating for low-power modes and ensures clock robustness. It features:
• Clock prescaler: to get the best trade-off between speed and current consumption, the clock frequency to the CPU and peripherals can be adjusted by a programmable prescaler
• Safe clock switching: clock sources can be changed safely on the fly in run mode through a configuration register.
• Clock management: to reduce power consumption, the clock controller can stop the clock to the core, individual peripherals or memory.
• System clock source: four different clock sources can be used to drive the master clock SYSCLK:
– 4-48 MHz high-speed external crystal or ceramic resonator (HSE), that can supply a PLL. The HSE can also be configured in bypass mode for an external clock.
– 16 MHz high-speed internal RC oscillator (HSI16), trimmable by software, that can supply a PLL
– Multispeed internal RC oscillator (MSI), trimmable by software, able to generate
12 frequencies from 100 kHz to 48 MHz. When a 32.768 kHz clock source is available in the system (LSE), the MSI frequency can be automatically trimmed by hardware to reach better than ±0.25% accuracy. The MSI can supply a PLL.
– System PLL which can be fed by HSE, HSI16 or MSI, with a maximum frequency at 80 MHz.
• RC48 with clock recovery system (HSI48) : internal RC48 MHz clock source can be used to drive the USB or the RNG peripherals. This clock can be output on the MCO.
• Auxiliary clock source: two ultralow-power clock sources that can be used to drive the real-time clock:
– 32.768 kHz low-speed external crystal (LSE), supporting four drive capability modes. The LSE can also be configured in bypass mode for an external clock.
– 32 kHz low-speed internal RC (LSI), also used to drive the independent watchdog.
The LSI clock accuracy is ±5% accuracy.
• Peripheral clock sources: Several peripherals (RNG, USARTs, I2Cs, LPTimers) have their own independent clock whatever the system clock. PLL having three independent outputs allowing the highest flexibility, can generate independent clocks for the RNG.
• Startup clock: after reset, the microcontroller restarts by default with an internal 4 MHz clock (MSI). The prescaler ratio and clock source can be changed by the application program as soon as the code execution starts.
• Clock security system (CSS): this feature can be enabled by software. If a HSE clock failure occurs, the master clock is automatically switched to HSI16 and a software
32/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Functional overview interrupt is generated if enabled. LSE failure can also be detected and generated an interrupt.
• Clock-out capability:
– MCO: microcontroller clock output: it outputs one of the internal clocks for external use by the application. Low frequency clocks (LSI, LSE) are available down to Stop 1 low power state.
– LSCO: low speed clock output: it outputs LSI or LSE in all low-power modes down to Standby mode. LSE can also be output on LSCO in Shutdown mode.
LSCO is not available in VBAT mode.
Several prescalers permit to configure the AHB frequency, the high speed APB (APB2) and the low speed APB (APB1) domains. The maximum frequency of the AHB and the APB domains is 80 MHz.
DS12469 Rev 8 33/192
49
Functional overview STM32L412xx
Figure 4. Clock tree to IWDG
LSI RC 32 kHz
LSCO
OSC32_OUT
OSC32_IN
LSE OSC
32.768 kHz
MCO
/ 1→16
LSE
LSI
HSE
SYSCLK
HSI16
HSI48
MSI
PLLCLK
OSC_OUT
OSC_IN
HSE OSC
4-48 MHz
Clock detector
HSI RC
16 MHz
PLL
100 kHz – 48 MHz
/ P
/ Q
/ R
MSI RC
HSI RC
48 MHz
CRS
PLL48M1CLK
PLLCLK
/32 to RTC
HSE
MSI
HSI16
Clock source control
SYSCLK to PWR
AHB PRESC
/ 1,2,..512
HCLK
/ 8 to AHB bus, core, memory and DMA
FCLK Cortex free running clock to Cortex system timer
APB1 PRESC
/ 1,2,4,8,16
PCLK1 to APB1 peripherals x1 or x2 to TIMx x=2,6,7
LSE
HSI16
SYSCLK to USARTx x=2..3
to LPUART1
HSI16
SYSCLK to I2Cx x=1,2,3
LSI
LSE
HSI16 to LPTIMx x=1,2
/ M
MSI
HSI16
HSE
MSI
APB2 PRESC
/ 1,2,4,8,16
PCLK2 to APB2 peripherals x1 or x2 to TIMx x=1,15,16
LSE
HSI16
SYSCLK to
USART1
48 MHz clock to USB, RNG
SYSCLK to ADCx, x=1,2
MSv46900V3
34/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Functional overview
Each of the GPIO pins can be configured by software as output (push-pull or open-drain), as input (with or without pull-up or pull-down) or as peripheral alternate function. Most of the
GPIO pins are shared with digital or analog alternate functions. Fast I/O toggling can be achieved thanks to their mapping on the AHB2 bus.
The I/Os alternate function configuration can be locked if needed following a specific sequence in order to avoid spurious writing to the I/Os registers.
3.13 Direct memory access controller (DMA)
The device embeds 2 DMAs. Refer to Table 7: DMA implementation for the features
implementation.
Direct memory access (DMA) is used in order to provide high-speed data transfer between peripherals and memory as well as memory to memory. Data can be quickly moved by DMA without any CPU actions. This keeps CPU resources free for other operations.
The two DMA controllers have 14 channels in total, each dedicated to managing memory access requests from one or more peripherals. Each has an arbiter for handling the priority between DMA requests.
The DMA supports:
• 14 independently configurable channels (requests)
• Each channel is connected to dedicated hardware DMA requests, software trigger is also supported on each channel. This configuration is done by software.
• Priorities between requests from channels of one DMA are software programmable (4 levels consisting of very high, high, medium, low) or hardware in case of equality
(example: request 1 has priority over request 2)
• Independent source and destination transfer size (byte, half word, word), emulating packing and unpacking. Source/destination addresses must be aligned on the data size.
• Support for circular buffer management
• 3 event flags (DMA Half Transfer, DMA Transfer complete and DMA Transfer Error) logically ORed together in a single interrupt request for each channel
• Memory-to-memory transfer
• Peripheral-to-memory and memory-to-peripheral, and peripheral-to-peripheral transfers
• Access to Flash, SRAM, APB and AHB peripherals as source and destination
• Programmable number of data to be transferred: up to 65536.
Table 7. DMA implementation
DMA features DMA1
Number of regular channels 7
DMA2
7
DS12469 Rev 8 35/192
49
Functional overview STM32L412xx
3.14.1 Nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC)
The devices embed a nested vectored interrupt controller able to manage 16 priority levels, and handle up to 67 maskable interrupt channels plus the 16 interrupt lines of the Cortex
®
-
M4.
The NVIC benefits are the following:
• Closely coupled NVIC gives low latency interrupt processing
• Interrupt entry vector table address passed directly to the core
• Allows early processing of interrupts
• Processing of late arriving higher priority interrupts
• Support for tail chaining
• Processor state automatically saved on interrupt entry, and restored on interrupt exit, with no instruction overhead
The NVIC hardware block provides flexible interrupt management features with minimal interrupt latency.
3.14.2 Extended interrupt/event controller (EXTI)
The extended interrupt/event controller consists of 37 edge detector lines used to generate interrupt/event requests and wake-up the system from Stop mode. Each external line can be independently configured to select the trigger event (rising edge, falling edge, both) and can be masked independently. A pending register maintains the status of the interrupt requests.
The internal lines are connected to peripherals with wakeup from Stop mode capability. The
EXTI can detect an external line with a pulse width shorter than the internal clock period. Up to 52 GPIOs can be connected to the 16 external interrupt lines.
36/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Functional overview
3.15 Analog to digital converter (ADC)
The device embeds 2 successive approximation analog-to-digital converter with the following features:
• 12-bit native resolution, with built-in calibration
• 5.33 Msps maximum conversion rate with full resolution
– Down to 18.75 ns sampling time
– Increased conversion rate for lower resolution (up to 8.88 Msps for 6-bit resolution)
• Up to 16 external channels, some of them shared between ADC1 and ADC2.
• 3 internal channels: internal reference voltage, temperature sensor, VBAT/3.
• One external reference pin is available on some package, allowing the input voltage range to be independent from the power supply
• Single-ended and differential mode inputs
• Low-power design
– Capable of low-current operation at low conversion rate (consumption decreases linearly with speed)
• Highly versatile digital interface
– Single-shot or continuous/discontinuous sequencer-based scan mode: 2 groups of analog signals conversions can be programmed to differentiate background and high-priority real-time conversions
– Handles two ADC converters for dual mode operation (simultaneous or interleaved sampling modes)
– Each ADC supports multiple trigger inputs for synchronization with on-chip timers and external signals
– Results stored into 2 data register or in RAM with DMA controller support
– Data pre-processing: left/right alignment and per channel offset compensation
– Built-in oversampling unit for enhanced SNR
– Channel-wise programmable sampling time
– Three analog watchdog for automatic voltage monitoring, generating interrupts and trigger for selected timers
– Hardware assistant to prepare the context of the injected channels to allow fast context switching
The temperature sensor (TS) generates a voltage V
TS
that varies linearly with temperature.
The temperature sensor is internally connected to the ADC1_IN17 input channel which is used to convert the sensor output voltage into a digital value.
The sensor provides good linearity but it has to be calibrated to obtain good overall accuracy of the temperature measurement. As the offset of the temperature sensor varies from chip to chip due to process variation, the uncalibrated internal temperature sensor is suitable for applications that detect temperature changes only.
To improve the accuracy of the temperature sensor measurement, each device is individually factory-calibrated by ST. The temperature sensor factory calibration data are stored by ST in the system memory area, accessible in read-only mode.
DS12469 Rev 8 37/192
49
Functional overview STM32L412xx
Table 8. Temperature sensor calibration values
Calibration value name Description Memory address
TS_CAL1
TS_CAL2
TS ADC raw data acquired at a temperature of 30 °C (± 5 °C),
V
DDA
= V
REF+
= 3.0 V (± 10 mV)
TS ADC raw data acquired at a temperature of 130 °C (± 5 °C),
V
DDA
= V
REF+
= 3.0 V (± 10 mV)
0x1FFF 75A8 - 0x1FFF 75A9
0x1FFF 75CA - 0x1FFF 75CB
3.15.2 Internal voltage reference (V
REFINT
)
The internal voltage reference (VREFINT) provides a stable (bandgap) voltage output for the ADC and Comparators. VREFINT is internally connected to the ADC1_IN0 input channel. The precise voltage of VREFINT is individually measured for each part by ST during production test and stored in the system memory area. It is accessible in read-only mode.
Table 9. Internal voltage reference calibration values
Calibration value name Description Memory address
VREFINT
Raw data acquired at a temperature of 30 °C (± 5 °C),
V
DDA
= V
REF+
= 3.0 V (± 10 mV)
0x1FFF 75AA - 0x1FFF 75AB
3.15.3 V
BAT
battery voltage monitoring
This embedded hardware feature allows the application to measure the V
BAT using the internal ADC channel ADC1_IN18 or ADC3_IN18. As the V
BAT higher than V
DDA
battery voltage
voltage may be
, and thus outside the ADC input range, the VBAT pin is internally connected to a bridge divider by 3. As a consequence, the converted digital value is one third the V
BAT
voltage.
The STM32L412xx devices embed one rail-to-rail comparator with programmable reference voltage (internal or external), hysteresis and speed (low speed for low-power) and with selectable output polarity.
The reference voltage can be one of the following:
• External I/O
• Internal reference voltage or submultiple (1/4, 1/2, 3/4).
All comparators can wake up from Stop mode, generate interrupts and breaks for the timers and can be also combined into a window comparator.
38/192
The STM32L412xx embeds one operational amplifier with external or internal follower routing and PGA capability.
DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx
The operational amplifier features:
• Low input bias current
• Low offset voltage
• Low-power mode
• Rail-to-rail input
Functional overview
3.18 Touch sensing controller (TSC)
Note:
The touch sensing controller provides a simple solution for adding capacitive sensing functionality to any application. Capacitive sensing technology is able to detect finger presence near an electrode which is protected from direct touch by a dielectric (such as glass or plastic). The capacitive variation introduced by the finger (or any conductive object) is measured using a proven implementation based on a surface charge transfer acquisition principle.
The touch sensing controller is fully supported by the STMTouch touch sensing firmware library which is free to use and allows touch sensing functionality to be implemented reliably in the end application.
The main features of the touch sensing controller are the following:
• Proven and robust surface charge transfer acquisition principle
• Supports up to 12 capacitive sensing channels
• Up to 3 capacitive sensing channels can be acquired in parallel offering a very good response time
• Spread spectrum feature to improve system robustness in noisy environments
• Full hardware management of the charge transfer acquisition sequence
• Programmable charge transfer frequency
• Programmable sampling capacitor I/O pin
• Programmable channel I/O pin
• Programmable max count value to avoid long acquisition when a channel is faulty
• Dedicated end of acquisition and max count error flags with interrupt capability
• One sampling capacitor for up to 3 capacitive sensing channels to reduce the system components
• Compatible with proximity, touchkey, linear and rotary touch sensor implementation
• Designed to operate with STMTouch touch sensing firmware library
The number of capacitive sensing channels is dependent on the size of the packages and subject to I/O availability.
3.19 Random number generator (RNG)
All devices embed an RNG that delivers 32-bit random numbers generated by an integrated analog circuit.
DS12469 Rev 8 39/192
49
Functional overview STM32L412xx
3.20 Timers and watchdogs
The STM32L412xx includes one advanced control timers, up to five general-purpose timers, two basic timers, two low-power timers, two watchdog timers and a SysTick timer. The table below compares the features of the advanced control, general purpose and basic timers.
Timer type
Advanced control
Generalpurpose
Generalpurpose
Generalpurpose
Basic
Timer
TIM1
TIM2
TIM15
TIM16
TIM6
Table 10. Timer feature comparison
Counter resolution
Counter type
Prescaler factor
DMA request generation
16-bit
32-bit
16-bit
16-bit
16-bit
Up, down,
Up/down
Up, down,
Up/down
Up
Up
Up
Any integer between 1 and 65536
Any integer between 1 and 65536
Any integer between 1 and 65536
Any integer between 1 and 65536
Any integer between 1 and 65536
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Capture/ compare channels
Complementary outputs
4
4
2
1
0
3
No
1
1
No
3.20.1 Advanced-control timer (TIM1)
The advanced-control timer can each be seen as a three-phase PWM multiplexed on 6 channels. They have complementary PWM outputs with programmable inserted deadtimes. They can also be seen as complete general-purpose timers. The 4 independent channels can be used for:
• Input capture
• Output compare
• PWM generation (edge or center-aligned modes) with full modulation capability (0-
100%)
• One-pulse mode output
In debug mode, the advanced-control timer counter can be frozen and the PWM outputs disabled to turn off any power switches driven by these outputs.
Many features are shared with those of the general-purpose TIMx timers (described in
) using the same architecture, so the advanced-control timer can work
together with the TIMx timers via the Timer Link feature for synchronization or event chaining.
40/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Functional overview
There are up to three synchronizable general-purpose timers embedded in the
STM32L412xx (see
for differences). Each general-purpose timer can be used to generate PWM outputs, or act as a simple time base.
• TIM2
It is a full-featured general-purpose timers:
– TIM2 has a 32-bit auto-reload up/downcounter and 32-bit prescaler.
This timers feature 4 independent channels for input capture/output compare, PWM or one-pulse mode output. They can work with the other general-purpose timers via the
Timer Link feature for synchronization or event chaining.
The counters can be frozen in debug mode.
All have independent DMA request generation and support quadrature encoder.
• TIM15 and 16
They are general-purpose timers with mid-range features:
They have 16-bit auto-reload upcounters and 16-bit prescalers.
– TIM15 has 2 channels and 1 complementary channel
– TIM16 has 1 channel and 1 complementary channel
All channels can be used for input capture/output compare, PWM or one-pulse mode output.
The timers can work together via the Timer Link feature for synchronization or event chaining. The timers have independent DMA request generation.
The counters can be frozen in debug mode.
3.20.3 Basic timer (TIM6)
The basic timer can be used as generic 16-bit timebase.
The devices embed two low-power timers. These timers have an independent clock and are running in Stop mode if they are clocked by LSE, LSI or an external clock. They are able to wakeup the system from Stop mode.
Both LPTIM1 and LPTIM2 are active in Stop 0, Stop 1 and Stop 2 modes.
This low-power timer supports the following features:
• 16-bit up counter with 16-bit autoreload register
• 16-bit compare register
• Configurable output: pulse, PWM
• Continuous/ one shot mode
• Selectable software/hardware input trigger
• Selectable clock source
– Internal clock sources: LSE, LSI, HSI16 or APB clock
– External clock source over LPTIM input (working even with no internal clock source running, used by pulse counter application).
• Programmable digital glitch filter
• Encoder mode (LPTIM1 only)
DS12469 Rev 8 41/192
49
Functional overview STM32L412xx
The STM32L412xx includes one infrared interface (IRTIM), which can be used with an infrared LED to perform remote control functions. It uses TIM15 and TIM16 output channels to generate output signal waveforms on IR_OUT pin.
The independent watchdog is based on a 12-bit downcounter and 8-bit prescaler. It is clocked from an independent 32 kHz internal RC (LSI) and as it operates independently from the main clock, it can operate in Stop and Standby modes. It can be used either as a watchdog to reset the device when a problem occurs, or as a free running timer for application timeout management. It is hardware or software configurable through the option bytes. The counter can be frozen in debug mode.
3.20.7 System window watchdog (WWDG)
The window watchdog is based on a 7-bit downcounter that can be set as free running. It can be used as a watchdog to reset the device when a problem occurs. It is clocked from the main clock. It has an early warning interrupt capability and the counter can be frozen in debug mode.
This timer is dedicated to real-time operating systems, but can also be used as a standard down counter. It features:
• A 24-bit down counter
• Autoreload capability
• Maskable system interrupt generation when the counter reaches 0
• Programmable clock source
42/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Functional overview
The RTC is an independent BCD timer/counter. It supports the following features:
• Calendar with subsecond, seconds, minutes, hours (12 or 24 format), week day, date, month, year, in BCD (binary-coded decimal) format.
• Automatic correction for 28, 29 (leap year), 30, and 31 days of the month.
• Two programmable alarms.
• On-the-fly correction from 1 to 32767 RTC clock pulses. This can be used to synchronize it with a master clock.
• Reference clock detection: a more precise second source clock (50 or 60 Hz) can be used to enhance the calendar precision.
• Digital calibration circuit with 0.95 ppm resolution, to compensate for quartz crystal inaccuracy.
• Two anti-tamper detection pins with programmable filter.
• Timestamp feature, which can be used to save the calendar content. This function can be triggered by an event on the timestamp pin, or by a tamper event, or by a switch to
VBAT mode.
• 17-bit auto-reload wakeup timer (WUT) for periodic events with programmable resolution and period.
The RTC and the 32 backup registers are supplied through a switch that takes power either from the V
DD
supply when present or from the VBAT pin.
The backup registers are 32-bit registers used to store 128 bytes of user application data when V
DD
power is not present. They are not reset by a system or power reset, or when the device wakes up from Standby or Shutdown mode.
The RTC clock sources can be:
• A 32.768 kHz external crystal (LSE)
• An external resonator or oscillator (LSE)
• The internal low power RC oscillator (LSI, with typical frequency of 32 kHz)
• The high-speed external clock (HSE) divided by 32.
The RTC is functional in VBAT mode and in all low-power modes when it is clocked by the
LSE. When clocked by the LSI, the RTC is not functional in VBAT mode, but is functional in all low-power modes except Shutdown mode.
All RTC events (Alarm, WakeUp Timer, Timestamp or Tamper) can generate an interrupt and wakeup the device from the low-power modes.
DS12469 Rev 8 43/192
49
Functional overview STM32L412xx
circuit interface (I
2
C)
The device embeds three
I2C. Refer to Table 11: I2C implementation for the features
implementation.
The I
I
2
2
C bus interface handles communications between the microcontroller and the serial
C bus. It controls all I
2
C bus-specific sequencing, protocol, arbitration and timing.
The I2C peripheral supports:
• I 2 C-bus specification and user manual rev. 5 compatibility:
– Slave and master modes, multimaster capability
– Standard-mode (Sm), with a bitrate up to 100 kbit/s
– Fast-mode (Fm), with a bitrate up to 400 kbit/s
– Fast-mode Plus (Fm+), with a bitrate up to 1 Mbit/s and 20 mA output drive I/Os
– 7-bit and 10-bit addressing mode, multiple 7-bit slave addresses
– Programmable setup and hold times
– Optional clock stretching
• System Management Bus (SMBus) specification rev 2.0 compatibility:
– Hardware PEC (Packet Error Checking) generation and verification with ACK control
– Address resolution protocol (ARP) support
– SMBus alert
• Power System Management Protocol (PMBus TM ) specification rev 1.1 compatibility
• Independent clock: a choice of independent clock sources allowing the I2C communication speed to be independent from the PCLK reprogramming. Refer to
• Wakeup from Stop mode on address match
• Programmable analog and digital noise filters
• 1-byte buffer with DMA capability
Table 11. I2C implementation
I2C features
(1)
Standard-mode (up to 100 kbit/s)
Fast-mode (up to 400 kbit/s)
Fast-mode Plus with 20mA output drive I/Os (up to 1 Mbit/s)
Programmable analog and digital noise filters
SMBus/PMBus hardware support
Independent clock
Wakeup from Stop 1 mode on address match
Wakeup from Stop 2 mode on address match
1. X: supported
I2C1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
I2C2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
I2C3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
44/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Functional overview
(USART)
The STM32L412xx devices have three embedded universal synchronous receiver transmitters (USART1, USART2 and USART3).
These interfaces provide asynchronous communication, IrDA SIR ENDEC support, multiprocessor communication mode, single-wire half-duplex communication mode and have LIN Master/Slave capability. They provide hardware management of the CTS and RTS signals, and RS485 Driver Enable, and are able to communicate at speeds of up to
10 Mbit/s.
USART1, USART2 and USART3 also provide Smart Card mode (ISO 7816 compliant) and
SPI-like communication capability.
All USART have a clock domain independent from the CPU clock, allowing the USARTx
(x=1,2,3) to wake up the MCU from Stop mode using baudrates up to 204 Kbaud. The wake up events from Stop mode are programmable and can be:
• Start bit detection
• Any received data frame
• A specific programmed data frame
All USART interfaces can be served by the DMA controller.
Table 12. STM32L412xx USART/UART/LPUART features
USART modes/features (1) USART1 USART2 USART3 LPUART1
Hardware flow control for modem
Continuous communication using DMA
Multiprocessor communication
Synchronous mode
Smartcard mode
Single-wire half-duplex communication
IrDA SIR ENDEC block
LIN mode
Dual clock domain
Wakeup from Stop 0 / Stop 1 modes
Wakeup from Stop 2 mode
Receiver timeout interrupt
Modbus communication
Auto baud rate detection
Driver Enable
LPUART/USART data length
1. X = supported.
X
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
X
X
X (4 modes)
X X
7, 8 and 9 bits
X
X
X
X
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
-
X
X
X
-
-
-
X
X
X
X
-
-
X
DS12469 Rev 8 45/192
49
Functional overview STM32L412xx
(LPUART)
The device embeds one Low-Power UART. The LPUART supports asynchronous serial communication with minimum power consumption. It supports half duplex single wire communication and modem operations (CTS/RTS). It allows multiprocessor communication.
The LPUART has a clock domain independent from the CPU clock, and can wakeup the system from Stop mode using baudrates up to 220 Kbaud. The wake up events from Stop mode are programmable and can be:
• Start bit detection
• Any received data frame
• A specific programmed data frame
Only a 32.768 kHz clock (LSE) is needed to allow LPUART communication up to 9600 baud. Therefore, even in Stop mode, the LPUART can wait for an incoming frame while having an extremely low energy consumption. Higher speed clock can be used to reach higher baudrates.
LPUART interface can be served by the DMA controller.
46/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Functional overview
3.25 Serial peripheral interface (SPI)
Three SPI interfaces allow communication up to 40 Mbits/s in master and up to 24 Mbits/s slave modes, in half-duplex, full-duplex and simplex modes. The 3-bit prescaler gives 8 master mode frequencies and the frame size is configurable from 4 bits to 16 bits. The SPI interfaces support NSS pulse mode, TI mode and Hardware CRC calculation.
All SPI interfaces can be served by the DMA controller.
3.26 Universal serial bus (USB)
The STM32L412xx devices embed a full-speed USB device peripheral compliant with the
USB specification version 2.0. The internal USB PHY supports USB FS signaling, embedded DP pull-up and also battery charging detection according to Battery Charging
Specification Revision 1.2. The USB interface implements a full-speed (12 Mbit/s) function interface with added support for USB 2.0 Link Power Management. It has softwareconfigurable endpoint setting with packet memory up-to 1 KB and suspend/resume support.
It requires a precise 48 MHz clock which can be generated from the internal main PLL (the clock source must use a HSE crystal oscillator) or by the internal 48 MHz oscillator in automatic trimming mode. The synchronization for this oscillator can be taken from the USB data stream itself (SOF signalization) which allows crystal less operation.
The STM32L412xx devices embed a special block which allows automatic trimming of the internal 48 MHz oscillator to guarantee its optimal accuracy over the whole device operational range. This automatic trimming is based on the external synchronization signal, which could be either derived from LSE oscillator, from an external signal on CRS_SYNC pin or generated by user software. For faster lock-in during startup it is also possible to combine automatic trimming with manual trimming action.
The Quad SPI is a specialized communication interface targeting single, dual or quad SPI
Flash memories. It can operate in any of the three following modes:
• Indirect mode: all the operations are performed using the QUADSPI registers
• Status polling mode: the external Flash memory status register is periodically read and an interrupt can be generated in case of flag setting
• Memory-mapped mode: the external Flash is memory mapped and is seen by the system as if it were an internal memory
Both throughput and capacity can be increased two-fold using dual-flash mode, where two
Quad SPI flash memories are accessed simultaneously.
DS12469 Rev 8 47/192
49
Functional overview STM32L412xx
The Quad SPI interface supports:
• Three functional modes: indirect, status-polling, and memory-mapped
• Dual-flash mode, where 8 bits can be sent/received simultaneously by accessing two flash memories in parallel.
• SDR and DDR support
• Fully programmable opcode for both indirect and memory mapped mode
• Fully programmable frame format for both indirect and memory mapped mode
• Each of the five following phases can be configured independently (enable, length, single/dual/quad communication)
– Instruction phase
– Address phase
– Alternate bytes phase
– Dummy cycles phase
– Data phase
• Integrated FIFO for reception and transmission
• 8, 16, and 32-bit data accesses are allowed
• DMA channel for indirect mode operations
• Programmable masking for external flash flag management
• Timeout management
• Interrupt generation on FIFO threshold, timeout, status match, operation complete, and access error
48/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Functional overview
The Arm
®
SWJ-DP interface is embedded, and is a combined JTAG and serial wire debug port that enables either a serial wire debug or a JTAG probe to be connected to the target.
Debug is performed using only two pins instead of the five required by the JTAG (JTAG pins can be reused as GPIO with alternate function): the JTAG TMS and TCK pins are shared with SWDIO and SWCLK, respectively, and a specific sequence on the TMS pin is used to switch between JTAG-DP and SW-DP.
3.29.2 Embedded Trace Macrocell™
The Arm ® Embedded Trace Macrocell™ provides a greater visibility of the instruction and data flow inside the CPU core by streaming compressed data at a very high rate from the
STM32L412xx through a small number of ETM pins to an external hardware trace port analyzer (TPA) device. Real-time instruction and data flow activity be recorded and then formatted for display on the host computer that runs the debugger software. TPA hardware is commercially available from common development tool vendors.
The Embedded Trace Macrocell™ operates with third party debugger software tools.
DS12469 Rev 8 49/192
49
Pinouts and pin description
4 Pinouts and pin description
Figure 5. STM32L412Rx LQFP64 pinout (1)
STM32L412xx
VBAT
PC13
PC14-OSC32_IN
PC15-OSC32_OUT
PH0-OSC_IN
PH1-OSC_OUT
NRST
PC0
PC1
PC2
PC3
VSSA/VREF-
VDDA/VREF+
PA0
PA1
PA2
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
LQFP64
PA9
PA8
PC9
PC8
PC7
PC6
PB15
PB14
PB13
PB12
VDDUSB
VSS
PA13
PA12
PA11
PA10
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
48
47
46
45
44
43
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
Figure 6. STM32L412Rx, external SMPS, LQFP64 pinout
(1)
MSv46920V1
VBAT
PC13
PC14-OSC32_IN
PC15-OSC32_OUT
PH0-OSC_IN
PH1-OSC_OUT
NRST
PC0
PC1
PC2
PC3
VSSA/VREF-
VDDA/VREF+
PA0
PA1
PA2
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
5
6
3
4
1
2
LQFP64
50/192
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
DS12469 Rev 8
PA9
PA8
PC9
PC8
PC7
PC6
VDDUSB
VSS
PA13
PA12
PA11
PA10
PB15
PB14
PB13
PB12
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
48
47
46
45
44
43
MS46959V1
STM32L412xx Pinouts and pin description
F
G
D
E
H
A
B
C
Figure 7. STM32L412Rx UFBGA64 ballout (1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
PC14-
OSC32_IN
PC15-
OSC32_OUT
PC13
VBAT
PB9
PB8
PB4
PH3-BOOT0
PB3
PD2
PA15
PC11
PA14
PC10
PA13
PA12
PB7 PB5 PC12 PA10 PA9 PA11 PH0-OSC_IN VSS
PH1-
OSC_OUT
NRST
VDD
PC1
PB6
PC0
VSS
VDD
VSS
VDDUSB
VSS
VDD
PA8
PC7
PC9
PC8
VSSA/VREFPC2
PC3 PA0
VDDA/VREF+ PA1
PA2
PA3
PA4
PA5
PA6
PA7
PB0
PB1
PC4
PC6
PB2
PC5
PB15
PB10
PB11
PB14
PB13
PB12
MSv46919V1
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
Figure 8. STM32L412Rx UFBGA64, external SMPS, ballout (1)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A
B
C
D
E
PC14-
OSC32_IN
PC15-
OSC32_OUT
PC13
VBAT
PH0-OSC_IN VSS
PH1-
OSC_OUT
NRST
VDD
PC1
PB9
PB8
PB7
PB6
PC0
PB4
PH3-BOOT0 VDD12
PB5
VSS
VDD
PB3
PC12
VSS
VDDUSB
PA15
PC11
PA10
VSS
VDD
PA14
PC10
PA9
PA8
PC7
PA13
PA12
PA11
PC9
PC8
F VSSA/VREFPC2 PA2 PA5 PB0 PC6 PB15 PB14
G
H
PC3 PA0
VDDA/VREF+ PA1
PA3
PA4
PA6
PA7
PB1
PC4
PB2
VDD12
PB10
PB11
PB13
PB12
MS53656V1
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
DS12469 Rev 8 51/192
72
Pinouts and pin description
Figure 9. STM32L412Cx LQFP48 pinout (1)
STM32L412xx
VBAT
PC13
PC14/OSC32_IN
PC15/OSC32_OUT
PH0/OSC_IN
PH1/OSC_OUT
NRST
VSSA
VDDA
PA0/CK_IN
PA1
PA2
8
9
6
7
10
11
12
3
4
5
1
2
LQFP48
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
36
35
34
33
32
VDDUSB
VSS
PA13
PA12
PA11
PA10
PA9
PA8
PB15
PB14
PB13
PB12
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
Figure 10. STM32L412Cx UFQFPN48 pinout
(1)
MSv46916V1
VBAT
PC13
PC14/OSC32_IN
PC15/OSC32_OUT
PH0/OSC_IN
PH1/OSC_OUT
NRST
VSSA
VDDA
PA0/CK_IN
PA1
PA2
6
7
4
5
1
2
3
8
9
10
11
12
UFQFPN48
33
32
31
30
36
35
34
29
28
27
26
25
VDDUSB
VSS
PA13
PA12
PA11
PA10
PA9
PA8
PB15
PB14
PB13
PB12
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
MSv46917V1
52/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Pinouts and pin description
Figure 11. STM32L412Tx WLCSP36 ballout (1)
1 2 3 4 5 6
A
PA12 PA14 PB4 PB7 VSS VDD
B PA11 PA13 PB3 PB6 PB8 PC14
C PA9 PA10 PA15 PB5
PH3
BOOT0
PC15
D PA8 PB1 PA6 PA1 PA0 NRST
E
VDD PB2 PA7 PA5 PA2 VREF+
F VSS PB10 PB0 PA4 PA3 VDDA
MS49688V1
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
Figure 12. STM32L412Tx, external SMPS, WLCSP36 ballout (1)
1 2 3 4 5 6
C
D
E
F
A
B
PA12 PA14 PB4 PB7 VSS VDD
PA11 PA13 PB3 PB6 VDD12 PC14
PA9 PA10 PA15 PB5 PH3 PC15
PA8 PB1 PA6 PA2
VDD PB10 PB0 PA5
VSS VDD12 PB2 PA7
PA1 NRST
PA3
VDDA/
VREF+
PA4 PA0
MS51459V1
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
DS12469 Rev 8 53/192
72
Pinouts and pin description
Figure 13. STM32L412Kx LQFP32 pinout (1)
STM32L412xx
VDD
PC14-OSC32_IN
PC15-OSC32_OUT
NRST
VDDA/VREF+
PA0-CK_IN
PA1
PA2
6
7
8
3
4
1
2
5
LQFP32
19
18
17
24
23
22
21
20
PA14
PA13
PA12
PA11
PA10
PA9
PA8
VDD
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
Figure 14. STM32L412Kx UFQFPN32 pinout (1)
MSv46914V1
VDD
PC14-OSC32_IN
PC15-OSC32_OUT
NRST
VDDA/VREF+
PA0-CK_IN
PA1
PA2
6
7
4
5
8
1
2
3
UFQFPN32
21
20
19
18
17
24
23
22
PA14
PA13
PA12
PA11
PA10
PA9
PA8
VDD
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
MSv46915V1
54/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Pinouts and pin description
Name
Pin name
Pin type
I/O structure
Table 13. Legend/abbreviations used in the pinout table
Abbreviation Definition
Unless otherwise specified in brackets below the pin name, the pin function during and after reset is the same as the actual pin name
S
I
Supply pin
Input only pin
I/O
FT
TT
RST
Input / output pin
5 V tolerant I/O
3.6 V tolerant I/O
Bidirectional reset pin with embedded weak pull-up resistor
_f
_u
_a
(1)
(2)
(3)
Option for TT or FT I/Os
I/O, Fm+ capable
I/O, with USB function supplied by V
DDUSB
I/O, with Analog switch function supplied by V
DDA
Unless otherwise specified by a note, all I/Os are set as analog inputs during and after reset.
Notes
Pin functions
Alternate functions
Functions selected through GPIOx_AFR registers
Additional functions
Functions directly selected/enabled through peripheral registers
1. The related I/O structures in Table 14 are: FT_f, FT_fa.
2. The related I/O structures in Table 14 are: FT_u, FT_fu.
3. The related I/O structures in Table 14 are: FT_a, FT_fa, TT_a.
DS12469 Rev 8 55/192
72
Pin Number
Table 14. STM32L412xx pin definitions
Pin name
(function after reset)
Alternate functions Additional functions
-
-
2
3
-
-
4
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
3
4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
B6
C6
D6
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
B6
C6
D6
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
E6 E6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
-
-
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
-
-
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
B2
A2
A1
B1
C1
D1
E1
E3
E2
F2
B2
A2
A1
B1
C1
D1
E1
E3
E2
F2
11 11 G1 G1
8 8 12 12 F1
-
F1
-
VBAT
PC13
S
I/O
PC14-OSC32_IN
(PC14)
PC15-
OSC32_OUT
(PC15)
PH0-OSC_IN
(PH0)
PH1-OSC_OUT
(PH1)
NRST
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
PC0
PC1
PC2
PC3
VSSA/VREF-
VREF+
I/O
S
S
-
FT
FT
FT
FT
-
-
-
-
-
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
FT
RST
I/O FT_fa -
I/O FT_fa -
I/O FT_a -
FT_a -
-
-
-
-
-
EVENTOUT
-
TRACECK, LPTIM1_IN1,
I2C3_SCL, LPUART1_RX,
LPTIM2_IN1, EVENTOUT
TRACED0, LPTIM1_OUT,
I2C3_SDA, LPUART1_TX,
EVENTOUT
LPTIM1_IN2, SPI2_MISO,
EVENTOUT
LPTIM1_ETR, SPI2_MOSI,
LPTIM2_ETR, EVENTOUT
-
-
-
RTC_TAMP1/RTC_TS/RT
C_OUT1/WKUP2
OSC32_IN
OSC32_OUT
OSC_IN
OSC_OUT
ADC12_IN4
-
-
-
ADC12_IN1
ADC12_IN2
ADC12_IN3
Pin Number
Table 14. STM32L412xx pin definitions (continued)
Pin name
(function after reset)
Alternate functions Additional functions
-
-
-
5 5 E6
F6
-
-
-
9 9 13 13 H1
-
H1
10 10 14 14 G2 G2
VDDA
VDDA/VREF+
PA0
6
7
8
9
6
7
8
9
-
-
F6
D5
D4
F5
-
-
D5
D4
E5
F5
-
-
-
11
12
13
-
-
-
11
12
13
-
-
-
15
16
17
18
19
-
15
16
17
18
19
-
H2
F3
G3
C2
D2
10 10 F5 F4 14 14 20 20 H3
-
H2
F3
G3
C2
D2
H3
PA0-CK_IN
PA1
PA2
PA3
VSS
VDD
PA4
S
S
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
S
S
I/O
FT_a
FT_a
FT_a
TT_a
-
-
-
-
TT_a
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
FT_a -
-
-
TIM2_CH1, USART2_CTS,
COMP1_OUT, TIM2_ETR,
EVENTOUT
-
OPAMP1_VINP,
COMP1_INM, ADC1_IN5,
RTC_TAMP2/WKUP1
TIM2_CH1, USART2_CTS,
COMP1_OUT, TIM2_ETR,
EVENTOUT
OPAMP1_VINP,
COMP1_INM, ADC1_IN5,
RTC_TAMP2/WKUP1,
CK_IN
TIM2_CH2, I2C1_SMBA,
SPI1_SCK,
USART2_RTS_DE,
TIM15_CH1N, EVENTOUT
TIM2_CH3, USART2_TX,
LPUART1_TX,
QUADSPI_BK1_NCS,
TIM15_CH1, EVENTOUT
TIM2_CH4, USART2_RX,
LPUART1_RX,
QUADSPI_CLK,
TIM15_CH2, EVENTOUT
-
-
SPI1_NSS, USART2_CK,
LPTIM2_OUT, EVENTOUT
OPAMP1_VINM,
COMP1_INP, ADC1_IN6
ADC12_IN7,
WKUP4/LSCO
OPAMP1_VOUT,
ADC12_IN8
-
-
COMP1_INM, ADC12_IN9
Pin Number
Table 14. STM32L412xx pin definitions (continued)
Pin name
(function after reset)
Alternate functions Additional functions
11 11 E4 E4 15 15 21 21 F4 F4
12 12 D3 D3 16 16 22 22 G4 G4
13 13 F4 E3 17 17 23 23 H4 H4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
24 24 H5
25 H6
H5
-
14 14 E3 F3 18 18 25 26 F5 F5
15 15 D2 D2 19 19 26 27 G5 G5
F3 E2 20 20 27 28 G6 G6
PA5
PA6
PA7
PC4
PC5
PB0
PB1
PB2
I/O
I/O
TT_a
FT_a
I/O FT_fa
I/O
I/O
FT_a
FT_a
I/O FT_a
I/O
I/O
FT_a
FT_a
TIM2_CH1, TIM2_ETR,
SPI1_SCK, LPTIM2_ETR,
EVENTOUT
TIM1_BKIN, SPI1_MISO,
COMP1_OUT,
USART3_CTS,
LPUART1_CTS,
QUADSPI_BK1_IO3,
TIM16_CH1, EVENTOUT
TIM1_CH1N, I2C3_SCL,
SPI1_MOSI,
QUADSPI_BK1_IO2,
EVENTOUT
COMP1_INM,
ADC12_IN10
ADC12_IN11
ADC12_IN12
USART3_TX, EVENTOUT
USART3_RX, EVENTOUT
COMP1_INM,
ADC12_IN13
COMP1_INP,
ADC12_IN14, WKUP5
TRACED0, TIM1_CH2N,
SPI1_NSS, USART3_CK,
QUADSPI_BK1_IO1,
COMP1_OUT, EVENTOUT
ADC12_IN15
TRACED1, TIM1_CH3N,
USART3_RTS_DE,
LPUART1_RTS_DE,
QUADSPI_BK1_IO0,
LPTIM2_IN1, EVENTOUT
COMP1_INM,
ADC12_IN16
LPTIM1_OUT, I2C3_SMBA,
EVENTOUT
COMP1_INP, RTC_OUT2
Pin Number
Table 14. STM32L412xx pin definitions (continued)
Pin name
(function after reset)
Alternate functions Additional functions
E2 F2 21 21 28 29 G7 G7
22 22 29 30 H7 H7
F2 30 -
16 16 F1 F1 23 23 31 31 D6
17 17 E1 E1 24 24 32 32 E6
H6
D6
E6
25 25 33 33 H8 H8
26 26 34 34 G8 G8
27 27 35 35 F8 F8
PB10
PB11
VDD12
VSS
VDD
PB12
PB13
PB14
S
S
S
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
-
-
-
FT_f
FT_f
FT
FT_f
FT_f
-
-
-
-
-
-
TIM2_CH3, I2C2_SCL,
SPI2_SCK, USART3_TX,
LPUART1_RX, TSC_SYNC,
QUADSPI_CLK,
COMP1_OUT, EVENTOUT
TIM2_CH4, I2C2_SDA,
USART3_RX, LPUART1_TX,
QUADSPI_BK1_NCS,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
TIM1_BKIN, I2C2_SMBA,
SPI2_NSS, USART3_CK,
LPUART1_RTS_DE,
TSC_G1_IO1, TIM15_BKIN,
EVENTOUT
TIM1_CH1N, I2C2_SCL,
SPI2_SCK, USART3_CTS,
LPUART1_CTS,
TSC_G1_IO2, TIM15_CH1N,
EVENTOUT
TIM1_CH2N, I2C2_SDA,
SPI2_MISO,
USART3_RTS_DE,
TSC_G1_IO3, TIM15_CH1,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Pin Number
Table 14. STM32L412xx pin definitions (continued)
Pin name
(function after reset)
Alternate functions Additional functions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
28 28 36 36 F7
-
-
-
-
-
-
37 37 F6
38 38 E7
39
40
39
40
E8
D8
F7
F6
E7
E8
D8
18 18 D1 D1 29 29 41 41 D7 D7
19 19 C1 C1 30 30 42 42 C7 C7
20 20 C2 C2 31 31 43 43 C6 C6
21 21 B1 B1 32 32 44 44 C8 C8
22 22 A1 A1 33 33 45 45 B8 B8
PB15
PC6
PC7
PC8
PC9
PA8
PA9
PA10
PA11
PA12
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
FT
FT
FT
FT
-
-
-
RTC_REFIN, TIM1_CH3N,
SPI2_MOSI, TSC_G1_IO4,
TIM15_CH2, EVENTOUT
TSC_G4_IO1, EVENTOUT
TSC_G4_IO2, EVENTOUT
FT
FT
FT_f
FT_f
FT_u -
FT_u -
-
-
-
-
TSC_G4_IO3, EVENTOUT
TSC_G4_IO4, USB_NOE,
EVENTOUT
MCO, TIM1_CH1,
USART1_CK, LPTIM2_OUT,
EVENTOUT
TIM1_CH2, I2C1_SCL,
USART1_TX, TIM15_BKIN,
EVENTOUT
TIM1_CH3, I2C1_SDA,
USART1_RX,
USB_CRS_SYNC,
EVENTOUT
TIM1_CH4, TIM1_BKIN2,
SPI1_MISO, COMP1_OUT,
USART1_CTS, USB_DM,
TIM1_BKIN2_COMP1,
EVENTOUT
TIM1_ETR, SPI1_MOSI,
USART1_RTS_DE,
USB_DP, EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Pin Number
Table 14. STM32L412xx pin definitions (continued)
Pin name
(function after reset)
Alternate functions Additional functions
23
-
-
24
25
-
-
-
-
26
23
-
-
24
25
-
-
-
-
26
B2
-
-
A2
C3
-
-
-
-
B3
B2
-
-
A2
C3
-
-
-
-
B3
34
35
36
37
38
-
-
-
-
39
34
35
36
37
38
-
-
-
46
47
48
49
50
46
47
48
49
A8
D5
E5
A7
51 51 B7
39
52
53
-
54
50
52
53
54
55
A6
B6
C5
B5
A5
A8
D5
E5
A7
A6
B7
B6
C5
-
A5
PA13
(JTMS/SWDIO)
VSS
VDDUSB
PA14
(JTCK/SWCLK)
PA15 (JTDI)
PC10
PC11
PC12
PD2
PB3
(JTDO/TRACESW
O)
I/O
S
S
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
FT
-
-
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT
FT_a -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
JTMS/SWDIO, IR_OUT,
USB_NOE, EVENTOUT
-
-
JTCK/SWCLK,
LPTIM1_OUT, I2C1_SMBA,
EVENTOUT
JTDI, TIM2_CH1,
TIM2_ETR, USART2_RX,
SPI1_NSS,
USART3_RTS_DE,
TSC_G3_IO1, EVENTOUT
TRACED1, USART3_TX,
TSC_G3_IO2, EVENTOUT
USART3_RX, TSC_G3_IO3,
EVENTOUT
TRACED3, USART3_CK,
TSC_G3_IO4, EVENTOUT
TRACED2,
USART3_RTS_DE,
TSC_SYNC, EVENTOUT
JTDO/TRACESWO,
TIM2_CH2, SPI1_SCK,
USART1_RTS_DE,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Pin Number
Table 14. STM32L412xx pin definitions (continued)
Pin name
(function after reset)
Alternate functions Additional functions
27 27 A3 A3 40 40 55 56 A4 A4 PB4 (NJTRST)
28
29
30
31
-
28
29
30
31
-
C4
B4
A4
C5
-
C4
B4
A4
C5
41
42
43
44
41
42
43
44
56
57
58
59
57
58
59
60
C4
D3
C3
B4
B5 45 45 60 61 B3
46 46 61 62 A3
B5 62 -
32 32 A5 A5 47 47 63 63 D4
1 1 A6 A6 48 48 64 64 E4
C4
D3
C3
B4
B3
A3
B5
D4
E4
PB5
PB6
PB7
PH3-BOOT0
(BOOT0)
PB8
PB9
VDD12
VSS
VDD
I/O
I/O
S
S
S
I/O FT_fa -
I/O FT
I/O FT_fa -
I/O FT_fa -
-
NJTRST, I2C3_SDA,
SPI1_MISO, USART1_CTS,
TSC_G2_IO1, EVENTOUT
TRACED2, LPTIM1_IN1,
I2C1_SMBA, SPI1_MOSI,
USART1_CK, TSC_G2_IO2,
TIM16_BKIN, EVENTOUT
TRACED3, LPTIM1_ETR,
I2C1_SCL, USART1_TX,
TSC_G2_IO3, TIM16_CH1N,
EVENTOUT
TRACECK, LPTIM1_IN2,
I2C1_SDA, USART1_RX,
TSC_G2_IO4, EVENTOUT
I/O FT EVENTOUT
FT_f
FT_f
-
-
-
-
-
I2C1_SCL, TIM16_CH1,
EVENTOUT
IR_OUT, I2C1_SDA,
SPI2_NSS, EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
PVD_IN
-
-
-
-
-
-
Port
AF0
SYS_AF
AF1
TIM1/TIM2/LPT
IM1
TIM2_CH1
Table 15. Alternate function AF0 to AF7 (1)
AF2 AF3 AF4
TIM1/TIM2
-
USART2
-
I2C1/I2C2/I2C3
PA0
PA1
Port A
PA6
PA7
PA8
PA9
PA2
PA3
PA4
PA5
PA10
PA11
-
-
-
MCO
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TIM2_CH2
TIM2_CH3
TIM2_CH4
-
TIM2_CH1
TIM1_BKIN
TIM1_CH1N
TIM1_CH1
TIM1_CH2
TIM1_CH3
TIM1_CH4
PA12 TIM1_ETR
PA13 JTMS/SWDAT IR_OUT
PA14 JTCK/SWCLK LPTIM1_OUT
PA15 JTDI TIM2_CH1
-
-
-
-
TIM2_ETR
-
-
-
-
-
TIM1_BKIN2
-
-
-
TIM2_ETR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
USART2_RX
I2C1_SMBA
-
-
-
-
I2C3_SCL
I2C1_SCL
I2C1_SDA
-
-
-
I2C1_SMBA
-
AF5
SPI1/SPI2
-
SPI1_SCK
-
-
SPI1_NSS
SPI1_SCK
SPI1_MISO
SPI1_MOSI
-
-
-
SPI1_MISO
SPI1_MOSI
-
-
SPI1_NSS
AF6 AF7
COMP1
USART1/USA
RT2/USART3
-
-
-
-
-
-
USART2_CTS
USART2_RTS_
DE
USART2_TX
USART2_RX
USART2_CK
-
COMP1_OUT USART3_CTS
-
-
USART1_CK
USART1_TX
USART1_RX
COMP1_OUT USART1_CTS
-
USART1_RTS_
DE
-
-
-
-
USART3_RTS_
DE
Port
AF0
SYS_AF
AF1
Table 15. Alternate function AF0 to AF7 (1) (continued)
AF2 AF3 AF4 AF5
TIM1/TIM2/LPT
IM1
TIM1_CH2N
TIM1/TIM2
-
USART2
-
I2C1/I2C2/I2C3
-
SPI1/SPI2
SPI1_NSS PB0
PB1
TRACED0
TRACED1 TIM1_CH3N
Port B
PB2
PB3
PB4
PB5
PB6
PB7
PB8
PB9
PB10
PB11
PB12
PB13
-
JTDO/TRACES
WO
NJTRST
TRACED2
TRACED3
TRACECK
-
-
-
-
-
-
LPTIM1_OUT
TIM2_CH2
-
LPTIM1_IN1
LPTIM1_ETR
LPTIM1_IN2
-
IR_OUT
TIM2_CH3
TIM2_CH4
TIM1_BKIN
TIM1_CH1N
PB14 TIM1_CH2N
PB15 RTC_REFIN TIM1_CH3N
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2C3_SMBA
-
I2C3_SDA
I2C1_SMBA
I2C1_SCL
I2C1_SDA
I2C1_SCL
I2C1_SDA
I2C2_SCL
I2C2_SDA
I2C2_SMBA
I2C2_SCL
I2C2_SDA
-
-
-
SPI1_SCK
SPI1_MISO
SPI1_MOSI
-
-
-
SPI2_NSS
SPI2_SCK
SPI2_NSS
SPI2_SCK
SPI2_MISO
SPI2_MOSI
AF6
COMP1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF7
USART1/USA
RT2/USART3
USART3_CK
USART3_RTS_
DE
-
USART1_RTS_
DE
USART1_CTS
USART1_CK
USART1_TX
USART1_RX
-
-
USART3_TX
USART3_RX
USART3_CK
USART3_CTS
USART3_RTS_
DE
-
Port
AF0
SYS_AF
Port C
PC7
PC8
PC9
PC10
PC11
PC12
PC13
PC14
PC15
PC0
PC1
PC2
PC3
PC4
PC5
PC6
TRACECK
TRACED0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TRACED1
-
TRACED3
-
-
-
Port D PD2 TRACED2
Port H
PH0
PH1
PH3 -
-
-
1. Refer to
for AF8 to AF15.
AF1
Table 15. Alternate function AF0 to AF7 (1) (continued)
AF2 AF3 AF4 AF5
TIM1/TIM2/LPT
IM1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
LPTIM1_IN1
LPTIM1_OUT
LPTIM1_IN2
LPTIM1_ETR
-
-
-
TIM1/TIM2 USART2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2C1/I2C2/I2C3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2C3_SCL
I2C3_SDA
-
-
-
-
-
SPI1/SPI2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SPI2_MISO
SPI2_MOSI
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF6
COMP1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF7
USART1/USA
RT2/USART3
-
-
-
-
USART3_TX
USART3_RX
-
-
-
-
USART3_TX
USART3_RX
USART3_CK
-
-
-
USART3_RTS_
DE
-
-
-
AF8
Port
LPUART1
PA0
PA1
-
-
PA2 LPUART1_TX
PA3 LPUART1_RX
PA4
PA5
-
-
PA6 LPUART1_CTS
Port A
PA7
PA8
PA9
PA10
PA11
PA12
PA13
PA14
PA15 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF9
Table 16. Alternate function AF8 to AF15 (1)
AF10
TSC
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TSC_G3_IO1
QUADSPI
-
-
QUADSPI_BK1
_NCS
QUADSPI_CLK
-
-
QUADSPI_BK1
_IO3
QUADSPI_BK1
_IO2
-
-
USB_CRS_SY
NC
USB_DM
USB_DP
USB_NOE
-
-
AF11
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF12
COMP1
COMP1_OUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TIM1_BKIN2_C
OMP1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF13
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF14 AF15
TIM2/TIM15/
TIM16/LPTIM2
EVENOUT
TIM2_ETR EVENTOUT
TIM15_CH1N EVENTOUT
TIM15_CH1 EVENTOUT
TIM15_CH2 EVENTOUT
LPTIM2_OUT EVENTOUT
LPTIM2_ETR EVENTOUT
TIM16_CH1 EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
LPTIM2_OUT EVENTOUT
TIM15_BKIN EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
AF8 AF9
Table 16. Alternate function AF8 to AF15 (1) (continued)
AF10 AF11 AF12 AF13
Port
LPUART1 TSC
PB0 -
Port B
PB1
PB2
PB3
PB4
PB5
PB6
PB7
PB8
LPUART1_RTS
_DE
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PB9 -
PB10 LPUART1_RX
TSC_G2_IO2
TSC_G2_IO3
TSC_G2_IO4
-
-
-
-
-
-
TSC_G2_IO1
PB11 LPUART1_TX TSC_SYNC
PB12
LPUART1_RTS
_DE
TSC_G1_IO1
PB13 LPUART1_CTS TSC_G1_IO2
PB14 TSC_G1_IO3
PB15 TSC_G1_IO4
QUADSPI
QUADSPI_BK1
_IO1
QUADSPI_BK1
_IO0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
QUADSPI_CLK
QUADSPI_BK1
_NCS
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
COMP1
COMP1_OUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
COMP1_OUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF14
TIM2/TIM15/
TIM16/LPTIM2
-
AF15
EVENOUT
EVENTOUT
LPTIM2_IN1 EVENTOUT
-
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
TIM16_BKIN EVENTOUT
TIM16_CH1N EVENTOUT
-
TIM16_CH1
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
TIM15_BKIN EVENTOUT
TIM15_CH1N EVENTOUT
TIM15_CH1 EVENTOUT
TIM15_CH2 EVENTOUT
AF8 AF9
Table 16. Alternate function AF8 to AF15 (1) (continued)
AF10 AF11 AF12 AF13
Port
LPUART1 TSC QUADSPI
Port C
PC15
Port D PD2
Port H
PH0
PH1
PH3
PC7
PC8
PC9
PC10
PC11
PC12
PC13
PC14
PC0 LPUART1_RX
PC1 LPUART1_TX
PC2 -
PC3
PC4
PC5
PC6
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1. Refer to
for AF0 to AF7.
-
-
-
-
-
-
TSC_G4_IO1
TSC_G4_IO2
TSC_G4_IO3 -
-
TSC_G4_IO4 USB_NOE
TSC_G3_IO2 -
TSC_G3_IO3
TSC_G3_IO4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TSC_SYNC
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
COMP1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF14 AF15
TIM2/TIM15/
TIM16/LPTIM2
EVENOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
LPTIM2_IN1
-
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
LPTIM2_ETR EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
-
EVENTOUT
STM32L412xx Memory mapping
Figure 15. STM32L412xx memory map
7
0xFFFF FFFF
Cortex™-M4 with FPU
Internal
Peripherals
0xE000 0000
6
0xC000 0000
QUADSPI registers
5
0xA000 1000
0xA000 0000
4 0x9000 0000
QUADSPI Flash bank
0x8000 0000
3
0x6000 0000
2
1
0x4000 0000
0x2000 A000
0x2000 8000
0x2000 0000
0
Peripherals
SRAM2
SRAM1
CODE
0x0000 0000
Reserved
0xBFFF FFFF
0xA000 1400
0xA000 1000
Reserved
QUADSPI registers
0x5FFF FFFF
0x5006 0C00
0x4800 0000
0x4002 4400
0x4002 0000
0x4001 5800
0x4001 0000
0x4000 9800
0x4000 0000
0x1FFF FFFF
Reserved
AHB2
Reserved
AHB1
Reserved
APB2
Reserved
APB1
Reserved
0x1FFF 7810
0x1FFF 7800
0x1FFF 7400
0x1FFF 7000
0x1FFF 0000
0x1000 2000
0x1000 0000
0x0802 0000
0x0800 0000
0x0002 0000
0x0000 0000
Options Bytes
Reserved
OTP area
System memory
Reserved
SRAM2
Reserved
Flash memory
Reserved
Flash, system memory or SRAM, depending on
BOOT configuration
MSv45997V1
DS12469 Rev 8 69/192
72
Memory mapping STM32L412xx
Table 17. STM32L412xx memory map and peripheral register boundary addresses (1)
Bus Boundary address Size(bytes) Peripheral
AHB2
-
AHB1
0x5006 0800 - 0x5006 0BFF
0x5006 0400 - 0x5006 07FF
0x5004 0400 - 5006 07FF
0x5004 0000 - 0x5004 03FF
0x5000 0000 - 0x5003 FFFF
0x4800 2000 - 0x4FFF FFFF
0x4800 1C00 - 0x4800 1FFF
0x4800 1000 - 0x4800 1BFF
0x4800 0C00 - 0x4800 0FFF
0x4800 0800 - 0x4800 0BFF
0x4800 0400 - 0x4800 07FF
0x4800 0000 - 0x4800 03FF
0x4002 4400 - 0x47FF FFFF
0x4002 4000 - 0x4002 43FF
0x4002 3400 - 0x4002 3FFF
0x4002 3000 - 0x4002 33FF
0x4002 2400 - 0x4002 2FFF
0x4002 2000 - 0x4002 23FF
0x4002 1400 - 0x4002 1FFF
0x4002 1000 - 0x4002 13FF
0x4002 0800 - 0x4002 0FFF
0x4002 0400 - 0x4002 07FF
0x4002 0000 - 0x4002 03FF
1 KB
1 KB
3 KB
1 KB
3 KB
1 KB
2 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
128 KB
1 KB
RNG
Reserved
Reserved
ADC
16 KB Reserved
~127 MB Reserved
1 KB
3 KB
GPIOH
Reserved
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
GPIOD
GPIOC
GPIOB
1 KB GPIOA
~127 MB Reserved
1 KB TSC
Reserved
CRC
Reserved
FLASH registers
Reserved
RCC
Reserved
DMA2
DMA1
70/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Memory mapping
Table 17. STM32L412xx memory map and peripheral register boundary addresses (1)
(continued)
Bus Boundary address Size(bytes) Peripheral
APB2
APB1
0x4001 4800 - 0x4001 FFFF
0x4001 4400 - 0x4001 47FF
0x4001 4000 - 0x4001 43FF
0x4001 3C00 - 0x4001 3FFF
0x4001 3800 - 0x4001 3BFF
0x4001 3400 - 0x4001 37FF
0x4001 3000 - 0x4001 33FF
0x4001 2C00 - 0x4001 2FFF
0x4001 2000 - 0x4001 2BFF
0x4001 1C00 - 0x4001 1FFF
0x4001 0800- 0x4001 1BFF
0x4001 0400 - 0x4001 07FF
0x4001 0200 - 0x4001 03FF
0x4001 0030 - 0x4001 01FF
0x4001 0000 - 0x4001 002F
0x4000 9800 - 0x4000 FFFF
0x4000 9400 - 0x4000 97FF
0x4000 8400 - 0x4000 93FF
0x4000 8000 - 0x4000 83FF
0x4000 7C00 - 0x4000 7FFF
0x4000 7800 - 0x4000 7BFF
0x4000 7400 - 0x4000 77FF
0x4000 7000 - 0x4000 73FF
0x4000 6C00 - 0x4000 6FFF
0x4000 6800 - 0x4000 6BFF
0x4000 6400 - 0x4000 67FF
0x4000 6000 - 0x4000 63FF
0x4000 5C00- 0x4000 5FFF
0x4000 5800 - 0x4000 5BFF
0x4000 5400 - 0x4000 57FF
0x4000 4C00 - 0x4000 53FF
0x4000 4800 - 0x4000 4BFF
0x4000 4400 - 0x4000 47FF
0x4000 4000 - 0x4000 43FF
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
2 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
3 KB
1 KB
5 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
26 KB
1 KB
4 KB
46 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
LPUART1
LPTIM1
OPAMP
Reserved
PWR
USB SRAM
USB FS
Reserved
CRS
I2C3
I2C2
I2C1
Reserved
USART3
USART2
Reserved
Reserved
TIM16
TIM15
Reserved
USART1
Reserved
SPI1
TIM1
Reserved
FIREWALL
Reserved
EXTI
COMP
Reserved
SYSCFG
Reserved
LPTIM2
Reserved
DS12469 Rev 8 71/192
72
Memory mapping STM32L412xx
Table 17. STM32L412xx memory map and peripheral register boundary addresses (1)
(continued)
Bus Boundary address Size(bytes) Peripheral
APB1
0x4000 3C00 - 0x4000 3FFF
0x4000 3800 - 0x4000 3BFF
0x4000 3400 - 0x4000 37FF
0x4000 3000 - 0x4000 33FF
0x4000 2C00 - 0x4000 2FFF
0x4000 2800 - 0x4000 2BFF
0x4000 1400 - 0x4000 27FF
0x4000 1000 - 0x4000 13FF
0x4000 0400- 0x4000 0FFF
0x4000 0000 - 0x4000 03FF
1. The gray color is used for reserved boundary addresses.
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
1 KB
5 KB
1 KB
3 KB
1 KB
SPI3
SPI2
Reserved
IWDG
WWDG
RTC
Reserved
TIM6
Reserved
TIM2
72/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
6.1.1
Unless otherwise specified, all voltages are referenced to V
SS
.
Minimum and maximum values
Unless otherwise specified, the minimum and maximum values are guaranteed in the worst conditions of ambient temperature, supply voltage and frequencies by tests in production on
100% of the devices with an ambient temperature at T
A the selected temperature range).
= 25 °C and T
A
= T
A max (given by
Data based on characterization results, design simulation and/or technology characteristics are indicated in the table footnotes and are not tested in production. Based on characterization, the minimum and maximum values refer to sample tests and represent the mean value plus or minus three times the standard deviation (mean ±3 σ ).
Unless otherwise specified, typical data are based on T
A are given only as design guidelines and are not tested.
= 25 °C, V
DD
= V
DDA
= 3 V. They
Typical ADC accuracy values are determined by characterization of a batch of samples from a standard diffusion lot over the full temperature range, where 95% of the devices have an error less than or equal to the value indicated (mean ±2 σ )
.
Unless otherwise specified, all typical curves are given only as design guidelines and are not tested.
6.1.5
The loading conditions used for pin parameter measurement are shown in
.
Pin input voltage
The input voltage measurement on a pin of the device is described in
Figure 16. Pin loading conditions Figure 17. Pin input voltage
MCU pin MCU pin
C = 50 pF
V
IN
MS19210V1
MS19211V1
DS12469 Rev 8 73/192
164
Electrical characteristics
6.1.6 Power supply scheme
Figure 18. Power supply scheme
STM32L412xx
VBAT
1.55 – 3.6 V
V
DD
Power switch
Backup circuitry
(LSE, RTC,
Backup registers)
V
CORE n x VDD n x 100 nF
+1 x 4.7 μF
GPIOs
Regulator
V
DDIO1
OUT
IN
IO logic
Kernel logic
(CPU, Digital
& Memories) n x VSS
10 nF
+1 μF
V
DDA
V
REF
VDDA
100 nF +1 μF
V
REF+
V
REF-
ADCs/
OPAMPs/
COMPs/
VSSA
MS49692V1
Caution: Each power supply pair (V
DD
/V
SS
, V
DDA
/V
SSA
etc.) must be decoupled with filtering ceramic capacitors as shown above. These capacitors must be placed as close as possible to, or below, the appropriate pins on the underside of the PCB to ensure the good functionality of the device.
74/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Figure 19. Current consumption measurement scheme with and without external
SMPS power supply
I
DD_USB
V
DDUSB
I
DD_USB
V
DDUSB
I
DD_VBAT
V
BAT
I
DD_VBAT
V
BAT
I
DD
I
DD
V
DD
SMPS
V
DD12
V
DD
I
DDA
V
DDA
I
DDA
V
DDA
MSv45729V1
The I
DD_ALL
parameters given in
Table 47 represent the total MCU consumption
including the current supplying V
DD
, V
DDA
, V
DDUSB
and V
BAT
.
6.2 Absolute maximum ratings
Stresses above the absolute maximum ratings listed in
Table 18: Voltage characteristics
,
Table 19: Current characteristics
and
Table 20: Thermal characteristics may cause
permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only and functional operation of the device at these conditions is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. Device mission profile (application conditions) is compliant with JEDEC JESD47 qualification standard, extended mission profiles are available on demand.
Symbol
V
DDX
- V
SS
V
DD12
- V
SS
V
IN
(2)
Table 18. Voltage characteristics
(1)
Ratings Min
External main supply voltage (including
V
DD
, V
DDA
, V
DDUSB
, V
BAT
)
External SMPS supply voltage
-0.3
-0.3
Input voltage on FT_xxx pins
Input voltage on TT_xx pins
Input voltage on any other pins
V
SS
-0.3
V
SS
-0.3
V
SS
-0.3
Max
4.0
1.32
min (V
DD
, V
+ 4.0
, V
DDUSB
)
4.0
4.0
Unit
V
V
V
DS12469 Rev 8 75/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Symbol
Table 18. Voltage characteristics (1) (continued)
Ratings Min Max Unit
|V
| ∆ V
SSx
DDx
-V
|
SS
|
Variations between different V
DDX pins of the same domain
power
Variations between all the different ground pins
(5)
-
50
50 mV mV
1. All main power (V , V
DDA
, V supply, in the permitted range.
DDUSB
, V
BAT
) and ground (V
SS
, V
SSA
) pins must always be connected to the external power
2. V
IN
maximum must always be respected. Refer to
Table 19: Current characteristics for the maximum allowed injected
current values.
3. This formula has to be applied only on the power supplies related to the IO structure described in the pin definition table.
4. To sustain a voltage higher than 4 V the internal pull-up/pull-down resistors must be disabled.
5. Include VREF- pin.
Symbol
∑ IV
DD
∑ IV
SS
IV
DD(PIN)
IV
SS(PIN)
Table 19. Current characteristics
Ratings
Total current into sum of all V
DD
power lines (source)
(1)(2)
Total current out of sum of all V
SS
ground lines (sink)
Maximum current into each V
DD
Maximum current out of each V
SS
ground pin (sink)
Output current sunk by any I/O and control pin except FT_f
Max
140
140
100
Unit
100
20
20 I
∑
IO(PIN)
I
IO(PIN)
Output current sunk by any FT_f pin
Output current sourced by any I/O and control pin
Total output current sunk by sum of all I/Os and control pins
(3)
Total output current sourced by sum of all I/Os and control pins
20
100
100 mA
I
INJ(PIN)
(4)
Injected current on FT_xxx, TT_xx, RST and B pins, except PA4,
PA5
-5/+0
(5)
∑ |I
INJ(PIN)
|
Injected current on PA4, PA5
Total injected current (sum of all I/Os and control pins)
(6)
-5/0
25
1. All main power (V
DD
, V
DDA
, V
DDUSB
, V
BAT
) and ground (V
SS
, V
SSA
) pins must always be connected to the external power
2. Valid also for V
DD12
on SMPS packages.
3. This current consumption must be correctly distributed over all I/Os and control pins. The total output current must not be sunk/sourced between two consecutive power supply pins referring to high pin count QFP packages.
4. Positive injection (when V specified maximum value.
IN
> V
DDIOx
) is not possible on these I/Os and does not occur for input voltages lower than the
5. A negative injection is induced by V
IN
< V
SS
. I
INJ(PIN)
must never be exceeded. Refer also to
Table 18: Voltage characteristics
for the maximum allowed input voltage values.
6. When several inputs are submitted to a current injection, the maximum ∑ |I injected currents (instantaneous values).
INJ(PIN)
| is the absolute sum of the negative
76/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx
Symbol
T
STG
T
J
Electrical characteristics
Table 20. Thermal characteristics
Ratings
Storage temperature range
Maximum junction temperature
Value
–65 to +150
150
Unit
°C
°C
DS12469 Rev 8 77/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
6.3.1 General operating conditions
Table 21. General operating conditions
Symbol f
HCLK f
PCLK1 f
PCLK2
Parameter
Internal AHB clock frequency
Internal APB1 clock frequency
Internal APB2 clock frequency
Conditions
-
-
-
Min
V
DD
Standard operating voltage -
0
0
0
1.71
(1)
V
DDA
V
DD12
Standard operating voltage
V
BAT
Analog supply voltage
Backup operating voltage
V
DDUSB
USB supply voltage
ADC or COMP used
OPAMP used
ADC, OPAMP, COMP not used
Full frequency range
Up to 26 MHz
-
USB used
USB not used
TT_xx I/O
1.62
1.8
0
1.08
1.00
1.55
3.0
0
-0.3
V
IN
I/O input voltage
All I/O except TT_xx -0.3
P
D
P
D
Power dissipation at
T
A
= 85 °C for suffix 6 or
T
A
= 105 °C for suffix 7
(4)
Power dissipation at
T
A
= 125 °C for suffix 3
(4)
LQFP64
UFBGA64
LQFP48
UFQFPN48
WLCSP36
LQFP32
UFQFPN32
LQFP64
UFBGA64
LQFP48
UFQFPN48
WLCSP36
LQFP32
UFQFPN32
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Max
80
80
80
3.6
3.6
1.32
Unit
MHz
V
V
V
3.6
3.6
3.6
V
DDIOx
+0.3
Min(Min(V
V
DDUSB
DD
, V
DDA
,
5.5 V)
)+3.6 V,
(2)(3)
303
317
294
667
235
294
541
76
79
75
167
59
75
135
V
V
V mW mW
78/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol
Table 21. General operating conditions (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit
T
T
A
J
Ambient temperature for the suffix 6 version
Ambient temperature for the suffix 3 version
Junction temperature range
Maximum power dissipation
Low-power dissipation (5)
Maximum power dissipation
Low-power dissipation
(5)
Suffix 6 version
Suffix 3 version
–40
–40
–40
–40
–40
–40
85
105
125
130
105
130
1. When RESET is released functionality is guaranteed down to V
BOR0
Min.
2. This formula has to be applied only on the power supplies related to the IO structure described by the pin definition table.
Maximum I/O input voltage is the smallest value between Min(V
DD
, V
DDA
, V
DDUSB
)+3.6 V and 5.5V.
3. For operation with voltage higher than Min (V be disabled.
DD
, V
DDA
, V
DDUSB
) +0.3 V, the internal Pull-up and Pull-Down resistors must
4. If T
A
is lower, higher P
D
values are allowed as long as T
J
does not exceed T
Jmax
(see Section 7.8: Thermal characteristics
).
5. In low-power dissipation state, T
).
A
can be extended to this range as long as T
J
does not exceed T
Jmax
°C
°C
6.3.3
The parameters given in
Table 22 are derived from tests performed under the ambient
temperature condition summarized in
Symbol t
VDD t
VDDA t
VDDUSB
Table 22. Operating conditions at power-up / power-down
Parameter Conditions Min Max
V
DD
rise time rate
V
DD
fall time rate
V
DDA
rise time rate
V
DDA
fall time rate
V
DDUSB
rise time rate
V
DDUSB
fall time rate
-
ULPEN = 0
ULPEN = 1
-
-
0
10
100
0
10
0
10
∞
∞
∞
∞
∞
∞
∞
Unit
µs/V ms/V
µs/V
Embedded reset and power control block characteristics
The parameters given in
Table 23 are derived from tests performed under the ambient
temperature conditions summarized in Table 21: General operating conditions
.
Table 23. Embedded reset and power control block characteristics
Symbol Parameter Conditions
(1)
Min Typ Max t
RSTTEMPO
(2)
Reset temporization after
BOR0 is detected
V
DD rising 250 400
V
BOR0
(2)
Brown-out reset threshold 0
Rising edge
Falling edge
1.62
1.6
1.66
1.64
1.7
1.69
Unit
μ s
V
DS12469 Rev 8 79/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Table 23. Embedded reset and power control block characteristics (continued)
Symbol Parameter Conditions (1) Min Typ Max Unit
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
BOR1
BOR2
BOR3
BOR4
PVD0
PVD1
PVD2
PVD3
PVD4
PVD5
PVD6 hyst_BORH0
Brown-out reset threshold 1
Brown-out reset threshold 2
Brown-out reset threshold 3
Brown-out reset threshold 4
Programmable voltage detector threshold 0
PVD threshold 1
PVD threshold 2
PVD threshold 3
PVD threshold 4
PVD threshold 5
PVD threshold 6
Hysteresis voltage of BORH0
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Hysteresis in continuous mode
Hysteresis in other mode
V hyst_BOR_PVD
I
DD
(BOR_PVD)
(2)
V
PVM1
Hysteresis voltage of BORH
(except BORH0) and PVD
BOR
(3)
(except BOR0) and
PVD consumption from V
DD
PVD average consumption from V
DD with ENULP = 1
V
DDUSB
peripheral voltage monitoring
-
-
-
-
V
PVM3
V
DDA
peripheral voltage monitoring
Rising edge
Falling edge
2.1
2
2.26
2.15
2.41
2.31
2.56
2.56
2.47
2.85
2.76
2.06
1.96
2.26
2.16
2.47
2.69
2.59
2.85
2.75
2.92
2.84
-
-
-
-
-
1.18
1.61
1.6
2.15
2.05
2.31
2.20
2.46
2.36
2.61
2.61
2.52
2.90
2.81
2.1
2
2.31
2.20
2.52
2.74
2.64
2.91
2.81
2.98
2.90
20
30
100
1.1
55
1.22
1.65
1.64
2.19
2.1
2.36
2.25
2.51
2.41
2.66
2.66
2.57
2.95
2.86
2.14
2.04
2.35
2.24
2.57
2.79
2.69
2.96
2.86
3.04
2.96
-
-
-
1.6
1000
1.26
1.69
1.68
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V mV mV
µA nA
V
V
80/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Table 23. Embedded reset and power control block characteristics (continued)
Symbol Parameter Conditions (1) Min Typ Max Unit
V
PVM4
V hyst_PVM3
V hyst_PVM4
I
DD
(PVM1)
(2)
V
DDA
peripheral voltage monitoring
PVM3 hysteresis
PVM4 hysteresis
PVM1 consumption from V
DD
Rising edge
Falling edge
-
-
-
1.78
1.77
-
-
-
1.82
1.81
10
10
0.2
1.86
1.85
-
-
-
V mV mV
µA
I
DD
(PVM3/PVM4)
(2)
PVM3 and PVM4 consumption from V
DD
2 µA
1. Continuous mode means Run/Sleep modes, or temperature sensor enable in Low-power run/Low-power sleep modes.
2. Guaranteed by design.
3. BOR0 is enabled in all modes (except shutdown) and its consumption is therefore included in the supply current characteristics tables.
DS12469 Rev 8 81/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
The parameters given in
Table 24 are derived from tests performed under the ambient
temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 21: General operating conditions
.
Symbol
Table 24. Embedded internal voltage reference
Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max
V
REFINT
Internal reference voltage t t
S_vrefint
(1) start_vrefint
ADC sampling time when reading the internal reference voltage
Start time of reference voltage buffer when ADC is enable
I
DD
(V
REFINTBUF
)
V
REFINT
buffer consumption from V
DD
ADC
when converted by
–40 °C < T
A
< +130 °C
-
-
-
∆ V
REFINT
Internal reference voltage spread over the temperature range
V
DD
= 3 V
T
Coeff
A
Coeff
V
DDCoeff
V
REFINT_DIV1
V
REFINT_DIV2
V
REFINT_DIV3
Temperature coefficient
Long term stability
Voltage coefficient
1/4 reference voltage
1/2 reference voltage
3/4 reference voltage
–40°C < T
A
< +130°C
1000 hours, T = 25°C
3.0 V < V
DD
< 3.6 V
-
1. The shortest sampling time can be determined in the application by multiple iterations.
2. Guaranteed by design.
1.182
1.212
1.232
4
(2)
-
-
-
-
-
-
24
49
74
-
8
12.5
5
12
20
-
7.5
(2)
(2)
(2)
30 50
(2)
300 1000
(2)
250 1200
(2)
25
50
75
26
51
76
Unit
V
µs
µs
µA mV ppm/°C ppm ppm/V
%
V
REFINT
82/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx
V
1.235
1.23
1.225
1.22
1.215
1.21
1.205
1.2
1.195
1.19
1.185
-40 -20
Electrical characteristics
Figure 20. V
REFINT
versus temperature
0 20
Mean
40
Min
60
Max
80 100 120 °C
MSv40169V1
DS12469 Rev 8 83/192
164
Electrical characteristics
6.3.5 Supply current characteristics
STM32L412xx
The current consumption is a function of several parameters and factors such as the operating voltage, ambient temperature, I/O pin loading, device software configuration, operating frequencies, I/O pin switching rate, program location in memory and executed binary code.
The current consumption is measured as described in
Figure 19: Current consumption measurement scheme with and without external SMPS power supply .
Typical and maximum current consumption
The MCU is placed under the following conditions:
• All I/O pins are in analog input mode
• All peripherals are disabled except when explicitly mentioned
• The Flash memory access time is adjusted with the minimum wait states number, depending on the f
HCLK
frequency (refer to the table “Number of wait states according to CPU clock (HCLK) frequency” available in the RM0394 reference manual).
• When the peripherals are enabled f
PCLK
= f
HCLK
The parameters given in
Table 48 are derived from tests performed under
ambient temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 21: General operating conditions
.
84/192 DS12469 Rev 8
Symbol Parameter
I
DD_ALL
(Run)
I
DD_ALL
(LPRun)
Table 25. Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code with data processing running from Flash, ART enable (Cache ON Prefetch OFF)
Conditions TYP MAX
(1)
-
Voltage scaling f
HCLK
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C 25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C
Unit
26 MHz 2.05
2.10
2.10
16 MHz 1.30
1.35
1.40
2.20
1.45
2.35
1.60
2.20
2.25
1.40
1.45
2.30
1.50
2.40
1.60
2.60
1.80
Supply current in
Run mode f
HCLK
= f
HSE
up to
48MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disable
Range 2
8 MHz 0.715 0.730 0.780
0.855
1.00
0.76
0.78
4 MHz 0.415 0.430 0.475
0.555
0.710
0.45
0.50
2 MHz 0.265
0.28
0.325
0.400
0.555
0.30
0.30
1 MHz 0.190 0.205 0.250
0.325
0.480
0.20
0.25
100 kHz 0.120 0.135 0.180
0.255
0.410
0.15
0.20
80 MHz 7.30
7.35
7.40
7.55
7.70
7.75
7.80
72 MHz 6.60
6.65
6.70
64 MHz 5.90
5.90
6.00
6.80
6.10
7.00
6.30
7.00
6.25
7.00
6.30
Supply current in
Low-power run mode f
HCLK
= f
MSI all peripherals disable
Range 1 48 MHz 4.40
4.40
4.50
32 MHz 3.00
3.00
3.05
24 MHz 2.30
2.30
2.35
16 MHz 1.55
1.60
1.65
2 MHz 190 205
1 MHz 110 120
255
165
400 kHz 55.0
65.5
115
100 kHz 26.0
40.0
87.5
4.60
3.15
2.45
1.75
335
250
195
170
4.80
3.35
2.65
1.90
505
415
360
335
4.70
3.20
2.40
1.70
235
135
75.0
45.0
4.75
3.25
2.40
1.75
230
145
90.5
65.5
455
370
325
290
4.90
3.40
2.60
1.90
0.40
7.90
7.20
6.40
0.96
0.70
0.50
0.44
315
230
180
160
4.80
3.30
2.50
1.80
0.25
7.80
7.10
6.35
0.84
0.55
0.40
0.30
mA
µA
725
645
590
550
5.10
3.60
2.90
2.20
0.60
8.10
7.40
6.65
1.25
0.90
0.80
0.70
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, unless otherwise specified.
Symbol
I
DD_ALL
(Run)
Table 26. Current consumption in Run modes, code with data processing running from Flash,
ART enable (Cache ON Prefetch OFF) and power supplied by external SMPS
(V
DD12
= 1.10 V)
Conditions
(1)
Parameter
TYP
f
HCLK
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C
Unit
Supply current in Run mode f
HCLK
= f
HSE
up to 48MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disable
80 MHz 2.62
2.64
72 MHz 2.37
2.39
64 MHz 2.12
2.12
48 MHz 1.58
1.58
32 MHz 1.08
1.08
24 MHz 0.83
0.83
16 MHz 0.56
0.58
8 MHz 0.26
0.26
4 MHz 0.15
0.15
2 MHz 9.53
0.10
1 MHz 0.07
0.07
100 kHz 0.01
0.01
1.10
0.84
0.59
0.28
2.66
2.41
2.16
1.62
0.17
0.12
0.09
0.03
1.13
0.88
0.63
0.31
2.71
2.44
2.19
1.65
0.20
0.14
0.12
0.06
1.20
0.95
0.68
0.36
2.77
2.52
2.26
1.73
0.26
0.20
0.17
0.12
mA
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done without SMPS and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency = 85%,
V
DD12
= 1.10 V
Symbol Parameter
Table 27. Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code with data processing running from Flash, ART disable
Conditions TYP MAX
(1)
-
Voltage scaling f
HCLK
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C 25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C
Unit
I
I
DD_ALL
(Run)
DD_ALL
(LPRun)
Supply current in
Run mode f
HCLK
= f
HSE
up to
48MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disable
Supply current in
Low-power run f
HCLK
= f
MSI all peripherals disable
Range 2
Range 1
26 MHz 2.40
2.45
2.50
16 MHz 1.70
1.75
1.80
8 MHz 0.970 0.985
1.05
2.55
1.85
1.10
2.75
2.05
1.25
2.60
1.85
1.05
4 MHz 0.570 0.585 0.630
0.710
0.865
0.61
2 MHz 0.340 0.355 0.400
0.475
0.635
0.40
1 MHz 0.230 0.240 0.285
0.365
0.52
0.25
100 kHz 0.125 0.140 0.185
0.260
0.415
0.14
80 MHz 7.65
7.70
7.85
72 MHz 6.95
6.95
7.05
64 MHz 6.90
6.95
7.05
48 MHz 5.85
5.90
6.00
32 MHz 4.20
4.20
4.30
24 MHz 3.15
3.20
3.25
16 MHz 2.25
2.30
2.35
2 MHz 275 290 340
8.00
7.15
7.20
6.15
4.45
3.35
2.50
425
8.20
7.35
7.40
6.35
4.65
3.55
2.65
590
8.20
7.40
7.40
6.30
4.50
3.40
2.50
325
1 MHz 155 165 210 295 460 185
400 kHz 69.0
83.0
130
100 kHz 32.0
45.5
92.0
215
175
280
340
90.5
48.0
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, unless otherwise specified.
8.80
7.80
7.80
6.90
5.10
3.90
3.00
840
3.00
2.30
1.50
1.10
0.80
0.70
0.60
690
600
570
8.50
7.60
7.60
6.65
4.80
3.60
2.70
565
2.80
2.05
1.25
0.80
0.60
0.50
0.40
420
340
300
8.40
7.50
7.50
6.50
4.70
3.50
2.60
425
2.70
1.95
1.15
0.70
0.50
0.34
0.25
275
195
155
8.30
7.45
7.45
6.35
4.55
3.40
2.50
360
2.65
1.90
1.10
0.63
0.40
0.30
0.20
195
108
69 mA
µA
Symbol
I
DD_ALL
(Run)
Table 28. Current consumption in Run modes, code with data processing running from Flash,
ART disable and power supplied by external SMPS (V
DD12
= 1.10 V)
Conditions
(1)
Parameter
TYP
f
HCLK
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C
Uni t
Supply current in Run mode f
HCLK
= f
HSE
up to 48MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disable
80 MHz 2.75
2.77
72 MHz 2.50
2.50
64 MHz 2.48
2.50
48 MHz 2.10
2.12
32 MHz 1.51
1.51
24 MHz 1.13
1.15
16 MHz 0.81
0.83
8 MHz 0.35
0.35
4 MHz 0.20
0.21
2 MHz 12.22
0.13
1 MHz 0.08
0.09
100 kHz 0.01
0.02
1.55
1.17
0.84
0.38
2.82
2.53
2.53
2.16
0.23
0.14
0.10
0.03
2.88
2.95
2.57
2.64
2.59
2.66
2.21
2.28
1.60
1.67
1.20
1.28
0.90
0.95
0.40
0.45
0.26
0.31
0.17
0.23
0.13
0.19
0.06
0.12
mA
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done without SMPS and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency = 85%,
V
DD12
= 1.10 V
Table 29. Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code with data processing running from SRAM1
Conditions TYP MAX
(1)
Symbol Parameter
-
Voltage scaling f
HCLK
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C
105
°C
125
°C
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C
I
I
DD_ALL
(Run)
DD_ALL
(LPRun)
Supply current in
Run mode
Supply current in low-power run mode f
HCLK
48MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disable f
HCLK
= f
HSE
= f
MSI
up to
Range 2
Range 1 all peripherals disable
FLASH in power-down
26 MHz 2.00
2.05
2.10
2.15
2.35
2.20
2.20
2.25
2.35
2.55
16 MHz 1.30
1.30
1.35
1.45
1.60
1.40
1.45
1.45
1.55
1.80
8 MHz 0.705
0.720
0.765
0.845
1.00
0.75
0.77
0.83
0.94
1.20
4 MHz 0.410
0.425
0.470
0.550
0.700
0.44
0.46
0.52
0.64
0.90
2 MHz 0.265
0.275
0.320
0.395
0.555
0.28
0.30
0.37
0.49
0.75
1 MHz 0.190
0.200
0.245
0.325
0.475
0.21
0.22
0.29
0.42
0.67
100 kHz 0.120
0.135
0.180
0.255
0.410
0.14
0.15
0.23
0.35
0.61
80 MHz 7.15
7.20
7.25
7.45
7.55
7.65
7.65
7.75
7.75
8.00
72 MHz 6.45
6.50
6.55
6.75
6.85
6.90
6.95
7.00
7.05
7.25
64 MHz 5.75
5.80
5.85
6.05
6.15
6.15
6.20
6.25
6.30
6.50
48 MHz 4.20
4.35
4.40
4.50
7.70
4.65
4.65
4.70
4.80
5.00
32 MHz 2.95
2.95
3.00
3.10
3.30
3.15
3.15
3.20
3.30
3.55
24 MHz 2.25
2.25
2.30
2.40
2.60
2.40
2.40
2.50
2.60
2.85
16 MHz 1.55
1.55
1.60
1.70
1.85
1.65
1.70
1.75
1.85
2.10
2 MHz 180 190 240 320 485 215 225 300 450 720
1 MHz 90.5
110 155 235 400 120 135 220 360 640
400 kHz 40.5
56.0
105
100 kHz 17.5
32.0
78.5
185
160
350 60.0
76.5
325 33.5
53.5
165
140
315
285
565
555
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, unless otherwise specified.
105
°C
125
°C
Unit mA
µA
Symbol
Table 30. Current consumption in Run, code with data processing running from
SRAM1 and power supplied by external SMPS (V
DD12
= 1.10 V)
Conditions
(1)
Parameter
f
HCLK
TYP
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C
Unit
I
DD_ALL
(Run) Supply current in Run mode f
HCLK
= f
HSE
up to 48MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disable
80 MHz 2.57
2.59
2.61
72 MHz 2.32
2.34
2.35
64 MHz 2.07
2.08
2.10
48 MHz 1.55
1.56
1.58
32 MHz 1.06
1.06
1.08
24 MHz 0.81
0.81
0.83
16 MHz 0.56
0.56
0.58
8 MHz 0.25
0.26
0.28
4 MHz 0.15
0.15
0.17
2 MHz 9.53
0.10
0.12
1 MHz 0.07
0.07
0.09
100 kHz 0.01
0.01
0.03
1.11
0.86
0.61
0.30
2.68
2.43
2.17
1.62
0.20
0.15
0.14
0.06
mA
1.19
0.93
0.67
0.36
2.71
2.46
2.21
1.69
0.25
0.20
0.17
0.12
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done without SMPS and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency = 85%,
V
DD12
= 1.10 V
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Table 31. Typical current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, with different codes running from Flash, ART enable (Cache ON Prefetch OFF)
Conditions TYP TYP
Symbol Parameter Unit Unit
-
Voltage scaling
Code 25 °C 25 °C
Reduced code
(1)
2.05
Coremark 2.30
79
88 mA µA/MHz
I
DD_ALL
(Run)
I
DD_ALL
(LPRun)
Supply current in
Run mode f
HCLK
= f
HSE
up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disable
Supply current in
Low-power run f
HCLK
= f
MSI
= 2 MHz all peripherals disable
Dhrystone 2.1
Fibonacci
2.35
2.25
While(1) 1.95
Reduced code
7.30
Coremark
Dhrystone 2.1
Fibonacci
While(1)
Reduced code
Coremark
8.15
8.35
8.10
7.20
Dhrystone 2.1
Fibonacci
While(1)
190
205
220
205
225 mA
µA
102
104
101
90
90
87
75
91
95
103
110
103
113
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
1. Reduced code used for characterization results provided in Table 25 ,
.
Table 32. Typical current consumption in Run, with different codes running from Flash,
ART enable (Cache ON Prefetch OFF) and power supplied by external SMPS
(V
DD12
= 1.10 V)
Conditions
(1)
TYP TYP
Symbol Parameter Unit Unit
-
Voltage scaling
Code 25 °C 25 °C
I
DD_ALL
(Run)
Supply current in
Run mode f
HCLK
= f
HSE
up to
48 MHz included, bypass mode PLL
ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disable
Reduced code
(2)
0.88
Coremark 0.99
Dhrystone 2.1
Fibonacci
1.01
0.97
While(1) 0.84
Reduced code
(2)
3.15
Coremark
Dhrystone 2.1
Fibonacci
While(1)
3.52
3.60
3.49
3.11
mA
32
39
44
45
34
38
39
37
44
39
µA/MHz
DS12469 Rev 8 91/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done without SMPS and using following parameters:
SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency = 85%, V
DD12
= 1.10 V
2. Reduced code used for characterization results provided in
.
Table 33. Typical current consumption in Run, with different codes running from Flash,
ART enable (Cache ON Prefetch OFF) and power supplied by external SMPS
(V
DD12
= 1.00 V)
Conditions
(1)
TYP TYP
Symbol Parameter Unit Unit
-
Voltage scaling
Code 25 °C 25 °C
I
DD_ALL
(Run)
Supply current in
Run mode f
HCLK
= f
HSE
up to
48 MHz included, bypass mode PLL
ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disable
Reduced code
(2)
0.73
Coremark 0.82
Dhrystone 2.1
Fibonacci
0.84
0.80
While(1) 0.70
mA
28
32
32
31
27
µA/MHz
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done without SMPS and using following parameters:
SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency = 85%, V
DD12
= 1.00 V
2. Reduced code used for characterization results provided in
.
92/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Table 34. Typical current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, with different codes running from Flash, ART disable
TYP Conditions TYP
Symbol Parameter
-
Voltage scaling
Code 25 °C
I
I
DD_ALL
(Run)
DD_ALL
(LPRun)
Supply current in
Run mode
Supply current in
Low-power run f f
HCLK HSE
48 MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disable
HCLK
= f
= f
MSI
up to
= 2 MHz all peripherals disable
Reduced code
(1)
2.40
Coremark 2.15
Dhrystone 2.1
Fibonacci
While(1)
Coremark
Dhrystone 2.1
Fibonacci
2.20
2.05
1.90
7.65
6.95
7.00
6.60
While(1)
Coremark
Dhrystone 2.1
Fibonacci
While(1)
6.85
275
300
315
305
385
1. Reduced code used for characterization results provided in Table 25 ,
.
Unit mA mA
µA
25 °C
Unit
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
86
138
150
158
96
87
88
83
153
193
92
83
85
79
73
Table 35. Typical current consumption in Run modes, with different codes running from
Flash, ART disable and power supplied by external SMPS (V
DD12
= 1.10 V)
Conditions
(1)
TYP TYP
Symbol Parameter Unit Unit
-
Voltage scaling
Code 25 °C 25 °C
I
DD_ALL
(Run)
Supply current in
Run mode f
HCLK
= f
HSE
up to
48 MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disable
Reduced code
(2)
1.04
Coremark
Dhrystone 2.1
Fibonacci
0.93
0.95
0.88
While(1) 0.82
Reduced code
(2)
3.30
Coremark
Dhrystone 2.1
3.00
3.02
Fibonacci
While(1)
2.85
2.95
mA
32
41
37
38
40
36
37
34
36
37
µA/MHz
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done without SMPS and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency = 85%, V
DD12
= 1.10 V
2. Reduced code used for characterization results provided in Table 25 ,
.
DS12469 Rev 8 93/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Table 36. Typical current consumption in Run modes, with different codesrunning from
Flash, ART disable and power supplied by external SMPS (V
DD12
= 1.00 V)
Conditions (1) TYP TYP
Symbol Parameter Unit Unit
-
Voltage scaling
Code 25 °C 25 °C
I
DD_ALL
(Run)
Supply current in
Run mode f
HCLK
= f
HSE
up to
48 MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals
Reduced code
(2)
0.86
Coremark 0.77
Dhrystone 2.1
Fibonacci
While(1)
0.78
0.73
0.68
mA
33
29
30
28
26
µA/MHz
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done without SMPS and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency = 85%, V
DD12
= 1.00 V
2. Reduced code used for characterization results provided in Table 25 ,
.
Table 37. Typical current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, with different codes running from SRAM1
TYP Conditions TYP
Symbol Parameter
-
Voltage scaling
Code 25 °C
I
I
DD_ALL
(Run)
DD_ALL
(LPRun)
Supply current in
Run mode
Supply current in
Low-power run f f
HCLK
48 MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disable
HCLK
= f
HSE
up to
= f
MSI
= 2 MHz all peripherals disable
Reduced code
(1)
2.00
Coremark
Dhrystone 2.1
Fibonacci
2.00
2.05
2.00
While(1)
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone 2.1
Fibonacci
While(1)
Reduced code
Coremark
1.85
7.15
7.00
7.15
7.10
6.60
180
180
Dhrystone 2.1
Fibonacci
While(1)
185
170
170
1. Reduced code used for characterization results provided in Table 25 ,
.
Unit mA mA
µA
25 °C
Unit
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz 93
85
85
89
83
90
90
71
89
88
89
77
77
79
77
94/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Table 38. Typical current consumption in Run, with different codes running from
SRAM1 and power supplied by external SMPS (V
DD12
= 1.10 V)
Conditions (1) TYP TYP
Symbol Parameter Unit
-
Voltage scaling
Code 25 °C 25 °C
I
DD_ALL
(Run)
Supply current in
Run mode f
HCLK
= f
HSE
up to
48 MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disable
Reduced code
(2)
0.86
Coremark 0.86
Dhrystone 2.1
Fibonacci
0.88
0.86
While(1) 0.80
Reduced code
(2)
3.08
Coremark 3.02
Dhrystone 2.1
Fibonacci
While(1)
3.08
3.06
2.85
mA
33
33
34
33
31
39
38
39
38
36
Unit
µA/MHz
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done without SMPS and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency = 85%, V
DD12
= 1.10 V
2. Reduced code used for characterization results provided in Table 25 ,
.
Table 39. Typical current consumption in Run, with different codes running from
SRAM1 and power supplied by external SMPS (V
DD12
= 1.00 V)
Conditions
(1)
TYP TYP
Symbol Parameter Unit
-
Voltage scaling
Code 25 °C 25 °C
I
DD_ALL
(Run)
Supply current in
Run mode f
HCLK
= f
HSE
up to
48 MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disable
Reduced code
(2)
0.71
Coremark
Dhrystone 2.1
Fibonacci
0.71
0.73
0.71
While(1) 0.66
mA
27
27
28
27
25
Unit
µA/MHz
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done without SMPS and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency = 85%, V
DD12
= 1.00 V
2. Reduced code used for characterization results provided in Table 25 ,
.
DS12469 Rev 8 95/192
164
Symbol Parameter
Table 40. Current consumption in Sleep and Low-power sleep modes, Flash ON
-
Conditions
Voltage scaling f
HCLK
TYP MAX
(1)
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C 25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C
Unit
I
I
DD_ALL
(Sleep)
DD_ALL
(LPSleep)
Supply current in sleep mode, f
HCLK
= f
HSE
up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode pll ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disable
Range 2
Range 1
Supply current in low-power sleep mode f
HCLK
= f
MSI all peripherals disable
26 MHz 0.535 0.550 0.600
0.680
0.835
0.58
16 MHz 0.375 0.390 0.435
0.515
0.670
0.41
8 MHz 0.245 0.260 0.305
0.385
0.540
0.27
4 MHz 0.180 0.195 0.240
0.315
0.470
0.20
2 MHz 0.150 0.160 0.205
0.285
0.435
0.17
1 MHz 0.130 0.145 0.190
0.265
0.420
0.15
100 kHz 0.115 0.130 0.175
0.250
0.405
0.13
0.15
80 MHz 1.65
1.70
1.75
1.85
2.00
1.80
1.80
72 MHz 1.50
1.55
1.60
64 MHz 1.35
1.40
1.45
1.70
1.55
1.85
1.70
1.60
1.45
1.65
1.50
48 MHz 1.00
1.05
1.10
1.2
1.35
32 MHz 0.725 0.740 0.795
0.885
1.05
1.10
1.15
0.78
0.80
24 MHz 0.575 0.595 0.650
0.740
0.910
0.62
16 MHz 0.425 0.440 0.495
0.585
0.760
0.47
0.64
0.48
2 MHz 52.5
66.5
115 195 360 71.0
91.5
0.60
0.43
0.29
0.22
0.18
0.16
1 MHz 37.0
51.5
97.5
180 345 55.0
73.0
400 kHz 25.5
39.0
85.0
100 kHz 18.5
33.5
80.5
170
165
330
325
41.0
36.0
63.0
57.5
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, unless otherwise specified.
0.60
2.25
2.10
1.95
1.65
1.35
1.15
1.00
600
1.05
0.88
0.74
0.67
0.63
0.62
575
565
560
0.35
1.95
1.80
1.65
1.35
1.05
0.86
0.71
315
0.79
0.62
0.49
0.42
0.38
0.36
295
280
280
0.22
1.85
1.70
1.55
1.20
0.87
0.72
0.56
175
0.66
0.50
0.36
0.29
0.25
0.24
165
150
145 mA
µA
Symbol
Table 41. Current consumption in Sleep, Flash ON and power supplied by external SMPS
(V
DD12
= 1.10 V)
Conditions
(1)
Parameter
TYP
f
HCLK
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C
I
DD_ALL
(Sleep) Supply current in sleep mode, f
HCLK
= f
HSE
up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode pll ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disable
80 MHz 0.59
0.61
72 MHz 0.54
0.56
64 MHz 0.49
0.50
48 MHz 0.36
0.38
32 MHz
24 MHz
16 MHz
0.26
0.21
0.15
0.27
0.21
0.16
0.63
0.58
0.52
0.40
0.29
0.23
0.18
0.67
0.61
0.56
0.43
0.32
0.27
0.21
8 MHz
4 MHz
2 MHz
1 MHz
0.09
0.09
0.06
0.07
5.39
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.11
0.09
0.07
0.07
0.14
0.11
0.10
0.10
0.19
0.17
0.15
0.15
100 kHz 0.01
0.01
0.03
0.06
0.12
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done without SMPS and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency = 85%,
V
DD12
= 1.10 V
0.72
0.67
0.61
0.49
0.38
0.33
0.27
Unit mA
Symbol Parameter
Table 42. Current consumption in Low-power sleep modes, Flash in power-down
Conditions TYP MAX
(1)
-
Voltage scaling f
HCLK
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C 25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C
Unit
I
DD_ALL
(LPSleep)
Supply current in low-power sleep mode f
HCLK
= f
MSI all peripherals disable
2 MHz
1 MHz
50
35
400 kHz 20
100 kHz 15
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, unless otherwise specified.
60
45
32
25
105
89.0
76.5
71.5
185
170
155
150
350
335
320
315
63
46
32
25
83
65
51
46
170
150
135
135
300
285
270
270
585
570
560
555
µA
Symbol
I
DD_ALL
(Stop 2)
I
DD_ALL
(Stop 2 with
RTC)
Parameter
Supply current in
Stop 2 mode,
RTC disabled
-
ENULP = 1
-
Table 43. Current consumption in Stop 2 mode
Conditions
RTC clocked by LSI
Supply current in
Stop 2 mode,
RTC enabled
RTC clocked by LSI
ENULP = 1
LPCAL = 1
RTC clocked by LSI
ENULP = 1
LPCAL = 1
LSIPREDIV = 1
TYP MAX
(1)
V
DD
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C
1.8 V 0.77
2.35
8.60
2.4 V 0.78
2.35
8.75
105 °C 125 °C 25 °C
20.5
21.0
46.0
47.0
2.0
2.1
55 °C
5.6
5.8
85 °C 105 °C 125 °C
21.5
22.0
51.0
52.5
115
120
3 V 0.79
2.40
9.00
3.6 V 0.84
2.55
9.40
1.8 V 0.72
2.35
9.35
2.4 V 0.74
2.35
9.65
21.5
22.5
21.0
22.0
49.0
51.5
46.5
48.0
2.1
2.3
-
-
5.9
6.1
-
-
22.5
23.0
-
-
54.0
56.0
-
-
125
130
-
-
3 V 0.75
2.65
10.0
3.6 V 0.79
2.90
10.5
1.8 V 1.05
2.70
9.00
2.4 V 1.10
2.90
9.30
3 V 1.20
3.10
9.65
3.6 V 1.30
3.35
10.0
1.8 V 1.00
2.65
9.55
2.4 V 1.05
2.90
10.0
22.5
24.0
21.0
21.5
22.5
23.5
21.5
22.0
50.0
52.5
46.0
47.5
49.5
52.0
46.5
48.5
-
-
2.5
2.8
3.0
3.3
-
-
-
-
6.2
6.4
6.8
7.2
-
-
-
-
22.0
22.5
23.0
24.5
-
-
-
51.5
53.0
54.5
57.0
-
-
-
125
130
-
-
-
-
120
120
3 V 1.10
3.15
10.5
3.6 V 1.20
3.55
11.5
1.8 V 0.86
2.45
9.35
2.4 V 0.88
2.60
9.70
3 V 0.93
2.75
10.0
3.6 V 0.98
3.05
11.0
23.0
24.5
21.5
22.0
23.0
24.0
50.5
53.0
46.5
48.0
50.0
52.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Unit
µA
µA
I
DD_ALL
(Stop 2 with
RTC)
Table 43. Current consumption in Stop 2 mode (continued)
Conditions TYP MAX
(1)
Symbol
I
DD_ALL
(wakeup from
Stop2)
Parameter
Supply current in
Stop 2 mode,
RTC enabled
Supply current during wakeup from Stop 2 mode
RTC clocked by LSE quartz in low drive mode
RTC clocked by LSE quartz
(2)
in low drive mode, ENULP = 1,
LPCAL = 1
-
RTC clocked by LSE bypassed at 32768 Hz
RTC clocked by LSE bypassed at 32768 Hz,
ENULP = 1,
LPCAL = 1
V
DD
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C
1.8 V 1.35
2.85
9.15
2.4 V 1.60
3.15
9.60
105 °C 125 °C 25 °C
21.0
22.0
46.0
48.0
-
-
55 °C
-
-
85 °C 105 °C 125 °C
-
-
-
-
-
-
3 V 2.00
3.85
11.0
3.6 V 3.90
6.60
15.0
1.8 V 1.20
2.80
9.70
2.4 V 1.35
3.10
10.5
24.0
29.5
21.5
22.5
51.5
58.5
46.5
48.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3 V 1.80
3.90
11.5
3.6 V 3.65
6.75
16.0
1.8 V 1.20
2.65
8.85
2.4 V 1.25
2.75
9.10
3 V 1.35
2.90
9.45
3.6 V 1.50
3.10
9.95
1.8 V 1.00
2.55
9.50
2.4 V 1.10
2.75
9.90
3 V 1.15
3.00
10.5
3.6 V 1.25
3.25
11.0
25.0
30.5
20.5
21.0
22.0
23.0
21.0
22.0
23.0
25.0
52.5
59.5
47.5
49.0
51.0
53.0
48.0
49.5
52.0
54.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Wakeup clock is
MSI = 48 MHz, voltage Range 1.
See
(3)
.
Wakeup clock is
MSI = 4 MHz, voltage Range 2.
See
(3)
.
Wakeup clock is
HSI16 = 16 MHz, voltage Range 1.
See
(3)
.
3 V
3 V
3 V
185
155
152 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Unit
µA mA
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, unless otherwise specified.
2. Based on characterization done with a 32.768 kHz crystal (MC306-G-06Q-32.768, manufacturer JFVNY) with two 6.8 pF loading capacitors.
Symbol
I
DD_ALL
(Stop 1)
I
DD_ALL
(wakeup from Stop1)
Parameter
Supply current in Stop 1 mode,
RTC disabled
I
DD_ALL
(Stop 1 with
RTC)
Supply current in stop 1 mode,
RTC enabled
Supply current during wakeup from
Stop 1
-
Table 44. Current consumption in Stop 1 mode
Conditions
-
RTC clocked by LSI
RTC clocked by LSE bypassed at 32768 Hz
-
RTC clocked by LSE quartz
(2) in low drive mode
TYP MAX
(1)
Unit
V
DD
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C 25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C
1.8 V 3.95
13.0
47.5
2.4 V 3.95
13.0
48.0
3 V 4.00
13.5
48.0
3.6 V 4.10
13.5
48.5
1.8 V 4.40
13.5
48.0
2.4 V 4.60
14.0
48.5
3 V 4.75
14.0
48.5
3.6 V 5.05
14.5
49.5
1.8 V 4.50
13.5
48.5
2.4 V 4.70
14.0
49.0
3 V 5.35
14.5
50.0
3.6 V 7.20
17.5
54.5
1.8 V 4.25
13.5
47.5
2.4 V 4.35
13.5
48.0
3 V 4.40
13.5
48.0
3.6 V 4.50
14.0
49.0
110
110
110
110
110
110
110
115
110
110
115
120
110
110
110
125
230 7.40
24.5
87.0
190
230 7.50
24.5
86.0
190
235
-
-
-
7.30
-
-
-
24.5
-
-
-
87.0
245 26.0
28.0
88.0
-
-
-
-
195
240 7.85
25.0
90.0
195
230 8.05
24.5
86.5
190
235 8.10
25.0
90.0
195
235 8.20
25.5
89.0
195
240 8.55
27.0
89.5
195
230 11.5
26.5
86.0
190
230 29.0
31.5
90.0
190
240 36.0
31.5
87.5
195
195
-
-
-
-
405
-
-
-
405
395
395
400
-
395 µA
395
400
405
395
395
400
µA
Wakeup clock MSI = 48 MHz, voltage Range 1.
See
(3)
.
Wakeup clock MSI = 4 MHz, voltage Range 2.
See
(3)
.
Wakeup clock
HSI16 = 16 MHz, voltage Range 1.
See
(3)
.
3 V
3 V
3 V
1.15
1.25
1.20
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
mA
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, unless otherwise specified.
2. Based on characterization done with a 32.768 kHz crystal (MC306-G-06Q-32.768, manufacturer JFVNY) with two 6.8 pF loading capacitors.
Symbol
I
DD_ALL
(Stop 0)
Parameter
Supply current in Stop 0 mode,
RTC disabled
Conditions
V
DD
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
3.6 V
Table 45. Current consumption in Stop 0
25 °C
110
110
115
115
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, unless otherwise specified.
55 °C
125
125
125
130
TYP
85 °C
165
170
170
175
105 °C
240
240
245
250
125 °C
380
385
385
390
25 °C
130
130
130
135
55 °C
145
145
145
150
MAX
(1)
85 °C
215
215
220
220
105 °C
340
340
345
345
125 °C
585
585
590
595
Unit
µA
Symbol
I
DD_ALL
(Standby)
Parameter
Supply current in Standby mode (backup registers retained),
RTC disabled
Table 46. Current consumption in Standby mode
Conditions
With independent watchdog
With independent watchdog
ENULP = 1
TYP MAX
(1)
-
No independent watchdog
No independent watchdog
ENULP = 1
V
DD
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C 25 °C
1.8 V 95
2.4 V 105
255
290
1150
1300
3200
3600
8350
9500
115
175
55 °C
405
540
85 °C 105 °C 125 °C
2750
3250
7150
8350
19500
23000
3 V 120
3.6 V 150
1.8 V 32
2.4 V 46
354
410
225
315
1550
1850
1400
1800
4350
5050
3850
4500
11500
13000
9000
10500
215
280
115
175
650
835
405
540
3750
4450
2750
3250
9600
8350
26000
11500 29500
7250 19500
23000
3 V 66 430 2400 5450 12500 215
3.6 V 115 570 3050 6350 14500 280
1.8 V 295
2.4 V 350
450
530
1300
1500
3250
3750
8250
9450
-
-
3 V 415
3.6 V 505
1.8 V 230
2.4 V 290
3 V 365
3.6 V 460
635
775
415
540
710
915
1800
2200
1450
1950
2550
3300
4450
5350
3900
4600
5500
6600
11500
13500
8850
10550
12500
14500
-
-
-
-
-
-
650
835
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3750 9600 26000
4450 11500 29500
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Unit nA
Symbol
I
DD_ALL
(Standby with RTC)
Parameter
Supply current in Standby mode (backup registers retained),
RTC enabled
Table 46. Current consumption in Standby mode (continued)
Conditions
-
RTC clocked by LSI, no independent watchdog
RTC clocked by LSI, no independent watchdog
ENULP = 1
RTC clocked by LSI, with independent watchdog
RTC clocked by LSI, with independent watchdog
ENULP = 1
TYP MAX
(1)
V
DD
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C 25 °C
1.8 V 480
2.4 V 615
635
800
1500
1800
3450
4050
8400
9700
560
770
55 °C
900
1200
85 °C 105 °C 125 °C
3180
3850
7500
880
19500
23000
3 V 775 995 2150 4850 11500 975 1450 4450 10500 26000
3.6 V 970 1250 2650 5850 14000 1250 1850 5300 12000 29500
1.8 V 330
2.4 V 435
515
690
1600
2100
4000
4750
9000
10500
560
770
900
1200
3180
3850
7500
8800
19500
23000
3 V 565 915 2750 5750 12500 975 1450 4450 10500 26000
3.6 V 725 1200 3600 6900 1500 1250 1850 5300 12000 29500
1.8 V 530
2.4 V 675
680
855
1550
1850
3500
4100
8450
9850
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3 V 850 1050 2250 4900 11500
3.6 V 1050 1350 2750 4900 11500
1.8 V 370
2.4 V 495
560
755
1600
2150
4050
4800
9050
10500
3 V 645 985 2850 5800 12500
3.6 V 825 1300 3700 6950 15000
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Unit nA
Symbol
I
DD_ALL
(Standby with RTC)
(cont.)
I
DD_ALL
(SRAM2)
(3)
I
DD_ALL
(wakeup from
Standby)
Parameter
Supply current to be added in
Standby mode when SRAM2 is retained
Supply current during wakeup from Standby mode
Table 46. Current consumption in Standby mode (continued)
Conditions
-
RTC clocked by LSE bypassed at 32768 Hz
Supply current in Standby mode (backup registers retained),
RTC enabled
(cont.)
RTC clocked by LSE bypassed at 32768 Hz
ENULP = 1
RTC clocked by LSE quartz
(2)
in low drive mode
RTC clocked by LSE
in low drive mode
ENULP = 1
LPCAL = 1
-
Wakeup clock is
MSI = 4 MHz.
See
(4)
.
V
DD
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C 25 °C
1.8 V 480
2.4 V 615
640
800
1500
1800
3450
4000
8100
9300
-
-
55 °C
-
-
85 °C 105 °C 125 °C
-
-
-
-
-
-
3 V 775 995 2150 4800 11000
3.6 V 960 1250 2650 5800 13000
1.8 V 330
2.4 V 435
510
695
1600
2100
4000
4750
8800
10000
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3 V 565 910 2750 5700 12000
3.6 V 730 1200 3600 6900 14500
1.8 V 415
2.4 V 485
575
670
1450
1650
3400
3900
-
-
3 V 550
3.6 V 690
1.8 V 245
2.4 V 290
800
985
1950
2400
4600
-
450 1600 4000
565 2050 4650 -
-
-
-
3 V 355
3.6 V 450
1.8 V 100
2.4 V 100
3 V 100
3.6 V 100
705 2650 5500
915 3400 -
230
230
235
240
750
750
750
750
-
-
1600 3500
1650 3500
1700
1700
3500
3500
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Unit nA nA
3 V 1.25
-
TYP
-
MAX
(1)
mA
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, unless otherwise specified.
2. Based on characterization done with a 32.768 kHz crystal (MC306-G-06Q-32.768, manufacturer JFVNY) with two 6.8 pF loading capacitors.
3. The supply current in Standby with SRAM2 mode is: I
+ RTC) + I
DD_ALL
(SRAM2).
DD_ALL
(Standby) + I
DD_ALL
(SRAM2). The supply current in Standby with RTC with SRAM2 mode is: I
DD_ALL
(Standby
Symbol
I
DD_ALL
(Shutdown)
Parameter
Supply current in Shutdown mode
(backup registers retained) RTC disabled
Table 47. Current consumption in Shutdown mode
Conditions
-
V
DD
3 V
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C
1.8 V 16
2.4 V 22
31
100
120
155
600
705
870
105 °C 125 °C 25 °C
1850
2150
2650
5450
6250
7700
56
65
97
55 °C
310
365
600
85 °C 105 °C 125 °C
1200
1350
1700
3350
3800
4750
9550
11000
12500
Unit nA
3.6 V 52 220
TYP
1150 3350 9350 95 440
I
DD_ALL
(Shutdown with RTC)
Supply current in Shutdown mode
(backup registers retained) RTC enabled
RTC clocked by LSE bypassed at 32768 Hz
RTC clocked by LSE bypassed at 32768 Hz
ENULP = 1
RTC clocked by LSE quartz mode
(2)
in low drive
RTC clocked by LSE quartz
mode ENULP = 1
1.8 V 210 300 820 2050 5750
2.4 V 315 445 1100 2650 6950
3 V 625 1000 2200 44000 10000
3.6 V 820 1650 3500 5600 14500
1.8 V 210 300 820 2050 5750
2.4 V 315 445 1100 2650 6950
3 V 625 1000 2200 44000 10000
3.6 V 820 1650 3500 5600 14500
1.8 V 325 425 930 2200 -
2.4 V 400 515 1100 2550
3 V 475 630 1350 3100
-
-
3.6 V 595 795 1750
1.8 V 230 325 830
-
2050
2.4 V 270 380
3 V 320 455
975
1200
2400
1950
3.6 V 400 575 1500 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I
DD_ALL
(wakeup from
Shutdown)
Supply current during wakeup from Shutdown mode
Wakeup clock is
MSI = 4 MHz.
See
(3)
.
3 V 0.78
-
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, unless otherwise specified.
2. Based on characterization done with a 32.768 kHz crystal (MC306-G-06Q-32.768, manufacturer JFVNY) with two 6.8 pF loading capacitors.
MAX
(1)
1850 5050 14500
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
nA mA
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Symbol
I
DD_VBAT
(VBAT)
Parameter
Backup domain supply current
-
Table 48. Current consumption in VBAT mode
Conditions TYP MAX
(1)
25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C 25 °C 55 °C 85 °C 105 °C 125 °C
Unit
RTC disabled
RTC enabled and clocked by LSE quartz
(2)
V
BAT
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
3.6 V
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
3.6 V
2
3
5
12
14
16
6 30
300 455
380 515
445 550
495 630
161
460
575
595
820
66
73
92
195
215
265
540
600
730
460
990
1250
1750
1050 1950
1200 2550
1500 2950
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
nA
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, unless otherwise specified.
2. Based on characterization done with a 32.768 kHz crystal (MC306-G-06Q-32.768, manufacturer JFVNY) with two 6.8 pF loading capacitors.
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
I/O system current consumption
The current consumption of the I/O system has two components: static and dynamic.
I/O static current consumption
All the I/Os used as inputs with pull-up generate current consumption when the pin is externally held low. The value of this current consumption can be simply computed by using the pull-up/pull-down resistors values given in
Table 69: I/O static characteristics
.
For the output pins, any external pull-down or external load must also be considered to estimate the current consumption.
Additional I/O current consumption is due to I/Os configured as inputs if an intermediate voltage level is externally applied. This current consumption is caused by the input Schmitt trigger circuits used to discriminate the input value. Unless this specific configuration is required by the application, this supply current consumption can be avoided by configuring these I/Os in analog mode. This is notably the case of ADC input pins which should be configured as analog inputs.
Caution: Any floating input pin can also settle to an intermediate voltage level or switch inadvertently, as a result of external electromagnetic noise. To avoid current consumption related to floating pins, they must either be configured in analog mode, or forced internally to a definite digital value. This can be done either by using pull-up/down resistors or by configuring the pins in output mode.
I/O dynamic current consumption
In addition to the internal peripheral current consumption measured previously (see
Table 49: Peripheral current consumption ), the I/Os used by an application also contribute
to the current consumption. When an I/O pin switches, it uses the current from the I/O supply voltage to supply the I/O pin circuitry and to charge/discharge the capacitive load
(internal or external) connected to the pin:
I
SW
= V
DDIOx
×
f
SW
×
C where
I
SW
is the current sunk by a switching I/O to charge/discharge the capacitive load
V
DDIOx
is the I/O supply voltage f
SW
is the I/O switching frequency
C is the total capacitance seen by the I/O pin: C = C
INT
+ C
EXT
+ C
S
C
S
is the PCB board capacitance including the pad pin.
The test pin is configured in push-pull output mode and is toggled by software at a fixed frequency.
108/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
AHB
APB1
On-chip peripheral current consumption
The current consumption of the on-chip peripherals is given in
under the following conditions:
• All I/O pins are in Analog mode
• The given value is calculated by measuring the difference of the current consumptions:
– when the peripheral is clocked on
– when the peripheral is clocked off
•
Ambient operating temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 18:
• The power consumption of the digital part of the on-chip peripherals is given in
Table 49 . The power consumption of the analog part of the peripherals (where
applicable) is indicated in each related section of the datasheet.
Table 49. Peripheral current consumption
Range 1 Range 2 Peripheral
Bus Matrix
(1)
ADC clock domain
CRC
DMA1
DMA2
FLASH
GPIOA
(2)
GPIOB
(2)
)
GPIOC (2)
GPIOH
(2)
QSPI
RNG independent clock domain
RNG clock domain
SRAM1
SRAM2
TSC
All AHB Peripherals
AHB to APB1 bridge
(3)
RTCA
CRS
USB FS independent clock domain
USB FS clock domain
1.5
1.7
0.6
6.9
2.2
0.5
3.0
2.2
0.5
1.3
1.3
5.9
1.6
0.7
0.9
1.5
21.9
0.8
1.7
0.3
2.8
2.2
1.4
1.6
0.5
7.0
NA
NA
2.9
1.8
0.3
1.2
1.2
4.9
1.5
0.6
0.7
1.3
19.2
0.6
1.1
0.3
NA
NA
Low-power run and sleep
5.6
NA
NA
1.3
1.5
0.6
2.8
1.8
0.2
1.1
1.1
5.6
1.3
0.7
0.8
1.3
20.5
0.8
2.1
0.5
Unit
µA/MHz
NA
NA
DS12469 Rev 8 109/192
164
Electrical characteristics
APB1
STM32L412xx
Table 49. Peripheral current consumption (continued)
Peripheral Range 1 Range 2
Low-power run and sleep
I2C1 independent clock domain
I2C1 clock domain
I2C2 independent clock domain
I2C2 clock domain
I2C3 independent clock domain
I2C3 clock domain
LPUART1 independent clock domain
LPUART1 clock domain
LPTIM1 independent clock domain
LPTIM1 clock domain
LPTIM2 independent clock domain
LPTIM2 clock domain
OPAMP
PWR
SPI2
SPI3
TIM2
TIM6
USART2 independent clock domain
USART2 clock domain
USART3 independent clock domain
USART3 clock domain
WWDG
All APB1 on
1.0
2.8
0.9
3.4
1.0
3.4
1.8
0.6
2.8
0.8
2.9
0.8
0.4
0.4
1.7
1.7
6.2
1.0
4.0
1.3
4.2
1.5
0.5
41.4
1.6
0.6
2.3
0.4
2.6
0.7
0.2
0.1
1.5
1.4
5.0
0.6
0.9
2.3
0.4
2.8
0.9
2.8
3.5
0.8
3.4
1.1
0.5
28.5
0.8
0.4
0.4
1.5
1.5
5.8
0.9
0.9
2.4
0.7
3.3
0.9
3.3
1.7
1.7
2.7
0.7
3.8
3.7
1.1
4.1
1.3
0.5
38.9
Unit
µA/MHz
110/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
APB2
Table 49. Peripheral current consumption (continued)
Peripheral Range 1 Range 2
Low-power run and sleep
AHB to APB2 (4)
FW
SPI1
SYSCFG/COMP
TIM1
TIM15
TIM16
USART1 independent clock domain
USART1 clock domain
All APB2 on
ALL
0.6
8.1
3.7
2.6
1.0
0.2
1.7
4.1
1.5
19.2
82.5
0.5
6.4
3.0
2.1
0.9
0.2
1.6
4.1
1.2
16.1
63.8
0.6
7.6
3.4
2.5
0.9
0.2
1.7
4.4
1.6
17.8
77.2
Unit
µA/MHz
1. The BusMatrix is automatically active when at least one master is ON (CPU, DMA).
2. The GPIOx (x= A…H) dynamic current consumption is approximately divided by a factor two versus this table values when the GPIO port is locked thanks to LCKK and LCKy bits in the GPIOx_LCKR register. In order to save the full GPIOx current consumption, the GPIOx clock should be disabled in the RCC when all port I/Os are used in alternate function or analog mode (clock is only required to read or write into GPIO registers, and is not used in AF or analog modes).
3. The AHB to APB1 Bridge is automatically active when at least one peripheral is ON on the APB1.
4. The AHB to APB2 Bridge is automatically active when at least one peripheral is ON on the APB2.
The consumption for the peripherals when using SMPS can be found using STM32CubeMX
PCC tool.
6.3.6
Symbol
Wakeup time from low-power modes and voltage scaling transition times
The wakeup times given in
Table 50 are the latency between the event and the execution of
the first user instruction.
The device goes in low-power mode after the WFE (Wait For Event) instruction.
Table 50. Low-power mode wakeup timings (1)
Parameter Conditions Typ Max Unit t
WUSLEEP
Wakeup time from Sleep mode to Run mode
t
WULPSLEEP
Wakeup time from Lowpower sleep mode to Lowpower run mode
Wakeup in Flash with Flash in power-down during low-power sleep mode (SLEEP_PD=1 in
FLASH_ACR) and with clock MSI = 2 MHz
6
6
6
8.3
Nb of
CPU cycles
DS12469 Rev 8 111/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Symbol t
WUSTOP0 t
WUSTOP1
Table 50. Low-power mode wakeup timings (1) (continued)
Parameter
Range 1
Wake up time from Stop 0 mode to Run mode in
Flash
Range 2
Range 1
Wake up time from Stop 0 mode to Run mode in
SRAM1
Range 2
Wake up time from Stop 1 mode to Run in Flash
Range 1
Range 2
Range 1
Wake up time from Stop 1 mode to Run mode in
SRAM1
Range 2
Conditions Typ Max Unit
Wakeup clock MSI = 48 MHz 3.8
5.7
Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 4.1
6.9
Wakeup clock MSI = 24 MHz 4.07
6.2
Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 4.1
6.8
Wakeup clock MSI = 4 MHz
Wakeup clock MSI = 48 MHz
8.45
11.8
1.5
2.9
Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 2.4
2.76
Wakeup clock MSI = 24 MHz 2.4
3.48
Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 2.4
2.76
Wakeup clock MSI = 4 MHz 8.16 10.94
Wakeup clock MSI = 48 MHz 6.34
7.86
Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 6.84
8.23
Wakeup clock MSI = 24 MHz 6.74
8.1
Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 6.89
8.21
Wakeup clock MSI = 4 MHz 10.47 12.1
Wakeup clock MSI = 48 MHz 4.7
5.97
Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 5.9
6.92
Wakeup clock MSI = 24 MHz 5.4
6.51
Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 5.9
6.92
Wakeup clock MSI = 4 MHz 11.1
12.2
µs
µs
Wake up time from Stop 1 mode to Low-power run mode in Flash
Wake up time from Stop 1 mode to Low-power run mode in SRAM1
Regulator in low-power mode (LPR=1 in PWR_CR1)
Wakeup clock MSI = 2 MHz
16.4 17.73
17.3 18.82
112/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol t
WUSTOP2 t
WUSTBY
Table 50. Low-power mode wakeup timings (1) (continued)
Parameter
Range 1
Wake up time from Stop 2 mode to Run mode in
Flash
Range 2
Range 1
Wake up time from Stop 2 mode to Run mode in
SRAM1
Range 2
Wakeup time from Standby mode to Run mode
Range 1 t
WUSTBY
SRAM2
Wakeup time from Standby with SRAM2 to Run mode t
WUSHDN
Wakeup time from
Shutdown mode to Run mode
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
Range 1
Range 1
Conditions
Wakeup clock MSI = 48 MHz 8.02
9.24
Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 7.66
8.95
Wakeup clock MSI = 24 MHz 8.5
9.54
Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 7.75
8.95
Wakeup clock MSI = 4 MHz
Wakeup clock MSI = 48 MHz
12.06 13.16
5.45
6.79
Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 6.9
7.98
Wakeup clock MSI = 24 MHz 6.3
7.36
Wakeup clock HSI16 = 16 MHz 6.9
7.9
Wakeup clock MSI = 4 MHz 13.1 13.31
Wakeup clock MSI = 8 MHz
Wakeup clock MSI = 4 MHz
12.2 18.35
19.14 25.8
Wakeup clock MSI = 8 MHz
Wakeup clock MSI = 4 MHz
12.1
18.3
19.2 25.87
Wakeup clock MSI = 4 MHz
Typ Max Unit
µs
µs
µs
261.5 315.7
µs
Symbol
Table 51. Regulator modes transition times (1)
Parameter Conditions t
WULPRUN t
VOST
Wakeup time from Low-power run mode to
Run mode
(2)
Code run with MSI 2 MHz
Regulator transition time from Range 2 to
Range 1 or Range 1 to Range 2 (3)
Code run with MSI 24 MHz
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Time until REGLPF flag is cleared in PWR_SR2.
3. Time until VOSF flag is cleared in PWR_SR2.
Typ
5
20
Max
7
40
Unit
µs
Symbol
Table 52. Wakeup time using USART/LPUART
(1)
Parameter Conditions
Stop 0 mode t
WUUSART t
WULPUART
Wakeup time needed to calculate the maximum USART/LPUART baudrate allowing to wakeup up from stop mode
when USART/LPUART clock source is
HSI
1. Guaranteed by design.
Stop 1 mode and Stop 2 mode
Typ
-
-
Max
1.7
8.5
Unit
µs
DS12469 Rev 8 113/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
High-speed external user clock generated from an external source
In bypass mode the HSE oscillator is switched off and the input pin is a standard GPIO.
The external clock signal has to respect the I/O characteristics in Section 6.3.14
. However,
Symbol f
HSE_ext
User external clock source frequency
V
HSEH
V
HSEL
Table 53. High-speed external user clock characteristics (1)
Parameter Conditions Min Typ
OSC_IN input pin high level voltage
OSC_IN input pin low level voltage t w(HSEH) t w(HSEL)
OSC_IN high or low time
Voltage scaling
Range 1
Voltage scaling
Range 2
-
-
Voltage scaling
Range 1
Voltage scaling
Range 2
-
-
0.7 V
DDIOx
V
SS
7
18
8
8
-
-
-
-
1. Guaranteed by design.
Max
48
26
V
DDIOx
0.3 V
DDIOx
-
-
Unit
MHz
V ns
Figure 21. High-speed external clock source AC timing diagram tw(HSEH)
VHSEH
VHSEL
90%
10% tr(HSE)
THSE tf(HSE) tw(HSEL) t
MS19214V2
114/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Low-speed external user clock generated from an external source
In bypass mode the LSE oscillator is switched off and the input pin is a standard GPIO.
The external clock signal has to respect the I/O characteristics in Section 6.3.14
. However,
the recommended clock input waveform is shown in Figure 22 .
Symbol
Table 54. Low-speed external user clock characteristics (1)
Parameter f
LSE_ext
V
LSEH
V
LSEL t w(LSEH) t w(LSEL)
User external clock source frequency
OSC32_IN input pin high level voltage
OSC32_IN input pin low level voltage
OSC32_IN high or low time
1. Guaranteed by design.
Conditions
-
-
-
-
Min
-
0.7 V
DDIOx
V
SS
250
Typ
32.768
-
-
-
Max
1000
V
DDIOx
0.3 V
DDIOx
-
Unit kHz
V ns
Figure 22. Low-speed external clock source AC timing diagram tw(LSEH)
VLSEH
VLSEL
90%
10% tr(LSE)
TLSE tf(LSE) tw(LSEL) t
MS19215V2
DS12469 Rev 8 115/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
High-speed external clock generated from a crystal/ceramic resonator
The high-speed external (HSE) clock can be supplied with a 4 to 48 MHz crystal/ceramic resonator oscillator. All the information given in this paragraph are based on design simulation results obtained with typical external components specified in
application, the resonator and the load capacitors have to be placed as close as possible to the oscillator pins in order to minimize output distortion and startup stabilization time. Refer to the crystal resonator manufacturer for more details on the resonator characteristics
(frequency, package, accuracy).
Symbol
Table 55. HSE oscillator characteristics (1)
Parameter Conditions
(2)
Min Typ Max Unit
I f
OSC_IN
R
F
DD(HSE)
Oscillator frequency
Feedback resistor
HSE current consumption
-
-
During startup
(3)
V
DD
= 3 V,
Rm = 30 Ω ,
CL = 10 pF@8 MHz
V
DD
= 3 V,
Rm = 45 Ω ,
CL = 10 pF@8 MHz
V
DD
= 3 V,
Rm = 30 Ω ,
CL = 5 pF@48 MHz
V
DD
= 3 V,
Rm = 30 Ω ,
CL = 10 pF@48 MHz
4
-
-
-
-
-
-
8
200
-
0.44
0.45
0.68
0.94
48
-
5.5
-
-
-
-
MHz k Ω mA
V
DD
= 3 V,
Rm = 30 Ω ,
CL = 20 pF@48 MHz
1.77
-
G m
Maximum critical crystal transconductance
Startup 1.5
mA/V t
SU(HSE)
(4)
Startup time V
DD
is stabilized 2 ms
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Resonator characteristics given by the crystal/ceramic resonator manufacturer.
3. This consumption level occurs during the first 2/3 of the t
SU(HSE) startup time
4. t
SU(HSE)
is the startup time measured from the moment it is enabled (by software) to a stabilized 8 MHz oscillation is reached. This value is measured for a standard crystal resonator and it can vary significantly with the crystal manufacturer
For C
L1
and C
L2
, it is recommended to use high-quality external ceramic capacitors in the
5 pF to 20 pF range (typ.), designed for high-frequency applications, and selected to match
the requirements of the crystal or resonator (see Figure 23
). C
L1
and C
L2 are usually the same size. The crystal manufacturer typically specifies a load capacitance which is the series combination of C
L1
and C
L2
. PCB and MCU pin capacitance must be included (10 pF can be used as a rough estimate of the combined pin and board capacitance) when sizing
C
L1
and C
L2
.
116/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx
Note:
Electrical characteristics
For information on selecting the crystal, refer to the application note AN2867 “Oscillator design guide for ST microcontrollers” available from the ST website www.st.com
.
Figure 23. Typical application with an 8 MHz crystal
Resonator with integrated capacitors
C
L1
OSC_IN f
HSE
8 MHz resonator
R
EXT
(1) OSC_OUT
R
F
Bias controlled gain
C
L2
MS19876V1
1. R
EXT
value depends on the crystal characteristics.
Low-speed external clock generated from a crystal resonator
The low-speed external (LSE) clock can be supplied with a 32.768 kHz crystal resonator oscillator. All the information given in this paragraph are based on design simulation results obtained with typical external components specified in
Table 56 . In the application, the
resonator and the load capacitors have to be placed as close as possible to the oscillator pins in order to minimize output distortion and startup stabilization time. Refer to the crystal resonator manufacturer for more details on the resonator characteristics (frequency, package, accuracy).
Symbol
Table 56. LSE oscillator characteristics (f
LSE
= 32.768 kHz)
(1)
Parameter Conditions
(2)
I
DD(LSE)
Gm critmax t
SU(LSE)
(3)
LSE current consumption
Maximum critical crystal gm
Startup time
LSEDRV[1:0] = 00
Low drive capability
LSEDRV[1:0] = 01
Medium low drive capability
LSEDRV[1:0] = 10
Medium high drive capability
LSEDRV[1:0] = 11
High drive capability
LSEDRV[1:0] = 00
Low drive capability
LSEDRV[1:0] = 01
Medium low drive capability
LSEDRV[1:0] = 10
Medium high drive capability
LSEDRV[1:0] = 11
High drive capability
V
DD
is stabilized
Min Typ Max Unit
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
250
315
500
630
-
-
-
-
2
0.5
0.75
1.7
2.7
-
-
-
-
nA
µA/V s
DS12469 Rev 8 117/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Refer to the note and caution paragraphs below the table, and to the application note AN2867 “Oscillator design guide for
ST microcontrollers”.
3. t
SU(LSE)
is the startup time measured from the moment it is enabled (by software) to a stabilized 32.768 kHz oscillation is reached. This value is measured for a standard crystal and it can vary significantly with the crystal manufacturer
Note: For information on selecting the crystal, refer to the application note AN2867 “Oscillator design guide for ST microcontrollers” available from the ST website www.st.com
.
Figure 24. Typical application with a 32.768 kHz crystal
Resonator with integrated capacitors
C
L1
OSC32_IN f
LSE
32.768 kHz resonator
Drive programmable amplifier
OSC32_OUT
C
L2
Note:
MS30253V2
An external resistor is not required between OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT and it is forbidden to add one.
118/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
6.3.8 Internal clock source characteristics
The parameters given in
Table 57 are derived from tests performed under ambient
temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 21: General operating conditions
. The provided curves are characterization results, not tested in production.
High-speed internal (HSI16) RC oscillator
Symbol
Table 57. HSI16 oscillator characteristics (1)
Parameter Conditions
DuCy(HSI16)
(2)
∆
∆ t
Temp
VDD su t stab
I
DD f
HSI16
TRIM
(HSI16)
(HSI16)
(HSI16)
(HSI16)
HSI16 Frequency
HSI16 user trimming step
V
DD
=3.0 V, T
A
=30 °C
Trimming code is not a multiple of 64
Trimming code is a multiple of 64
Duty Cycle
HSI16 oscillator frequency drift over temperature
T
A
= 0 to 85 °C
T
A
= -40 to 125 °C
HSI16 oscillator frequency drift over V
DD
HSI16 oscillator start-up time
V
DD
=1.62 V to 3.6 V
-
HSI16 oscillator stabilization time
HSI16 oscillator power consumption
-
-
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Guaranteed by design.
Min
15.88
0.2
-4
45
-1
-2
-0.1
-
-
-
-
-
-
Typ
-
0.3
-6
-
0.8
3
155
Max Unit
16.08
MHz
0.4
-8
55
1
1.5
0.05
1.2
5
190
%
μ s
μ s
μ A
%
%
%
%
DS12469 Rev 8 119/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
MHz
16.4
16.3
16.2
16.1
16
15.9
15.8
15.7
15.6
-40 -20
Figure 25. HSI16 frequency versus temperature
+2%
+1.5%
+1%
0 min
20
-1%
-1.5%
-2%
40 mean
60 80 max
100 120 °C
MSv39299V1
120/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol f
MSI
Multi-speed internal (MSI) RC oscillator
∆
TEMP
(MSI) (2)
Parameter
Table 58. MSI oscillator characteristics
(1)
Conditions
MSI frequency after factory calibration, done at V
DD
T
A
=3 V and
=30 °C
MSI oscillator frequency drift over temperature
MSI mode
PLL mode
XTAL=
32.768 kHz
MSI mode
Range 0
Range 1
Range 2
Range 3
Range 4
Range 5
Range 6
Range 7
Range 8
Range 9
Range 10
Range 11
Range 0
Range 1
Range 2
Range 3
Range 4
Range 5
Range 6
Range 7
Range 8
Range 9
Range 10
Range 11
T
A
= -0 to 85 °C
T
A
= -40 to 125 °C
Min
-
-
-
-
-
-
98.7
197.4
394.8
789.6
0.987
1.974
3.948
7.896
15.79
23.69
31.58
47.38
-
-
-
-3.5
-
-
-
-8
Max Unit
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
24.31
32.42
48.62
101.3
202.6
405.2
810.4
kHz
1.013
2.026
4.052
8.104
MHz
16.21
kHz
MHz
%
6
Typ
98.304
196.608
393.216
786.432
1.016
1.999
4
8
1
2
16
24
32
48
100
200
400
800
3.998
7.995
15.991
23.986
32.014
48.005
-
-
DS12469 Rev 8 121/192
164
Electrical characteristics
Symbol
VDD
(MSI)
P_USB
(2)
MT_USB
CC jitter(MSI)
(6)
P jitter(MSI) t
∆
∆ t
F
(MSI)
Jitter(MSI)
Jitter(MSI)
SU
STAB
(MSI)
Table 58. MSI oscillator characteristics (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min
MSI oscillator frequency drift over V
DD
(reference is 3 V)
MSI mode
Range 0 to 3
Range 4 to 7
V
DD
=1.62 V to 3.6 V
V
DD
=2.4 V to 3.6 V
V
DD
=1.62 V to 3.6 V
V
DD
=2.4 V to 3.6 V
Range 8 to 11
V
DD
=1.62 V to 3.6 V
V
DD
=2.4 V to 3.6 V
T
A
= -40 to 85 °C Frequency variation in sampling mode
(3)
MSI mode
T
A
= -40 to 125 °C
Period jitter for
USB clock
(4)
Medium term jitter for USB clock
MSI oscillator
(5) stabilization time
PLL mode
Range 11
PLL mode
Range 11
PLL mode
Range 11
RMS cycle-tocycle jitter
PLL mode Range 11
RMS Period jitter PLL mode Range 11
MSI oscillator start-up time
Range 0
Range 1
Range 2
Range 3
Range 4 to 7
Range 8 to 11 for next transition for paired transition for next transition for paired transition
10 % of final frequency
5 % of final frequency
1 % of final frequency
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-1.2
-0.5
-2.5
-0.8
-5
-1.6
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
STM32L412xx
-
-
-
1
2
-
-
-
Typ
-
-
60
50
10
5
4
3
3
2.5
0.25
-
-
0.5
-
Max Unit
0.5
0.7
1
%
2
4
%
3.458
ns
3.916
2
1 ns
-
-
20
10
8
7
6
6
0.5
ps ps us
1.25
ms
2.5
122/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol
Table 58. MSI oscillator characteristics (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
I
DD
(MSI)
MSI oscillator power consumption
MSI and
PLL mode
Range 0
Range 1
Range 2
Range 3
Range 4
Range 5
Range 6
Range 7
Range 8
Range 9
Range 10
Range 11
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.6
0.8
1.2
1.9
4.7
6.5
11
18.5
62
85
110
155
µA
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. This is a deviation for an individual part once the initial frequency has been measured.
3. Sampling mode means Low-power run/Low-power sleep modes with Temperature sensor disable.
4. Average period of MSI @48 MHz is compared to a real 48 MHz clock over 28 cycles. It includes frequency tolerance + jitter of MSI @48 MHz clock.
5. Only accumulated jitter of MSI @48 MHz is extracted over 28 cycles.
For next transition: min. and max. jitter of 2 consecutive frame of 28 cycles of the MSI @48 MHz, for 1000 captures over 28 cycles.
For paired transitions: min. and max. jitter of 2 consecutive frame of 56 cycles of the MSI @48 MHz, for 1000 captures over
56 cycles.
6. Guaranteed by design.
2.5
6
9
15
1
1.2
1.7
25
80
110
130
190
DS12469 Rev 8 123/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Figure 26. Typical current consumption versus MSI frequency
High-speed internal 48 MHz (HSI48) RC oscillator
Symbol
Table 59. HSI48 oscillator characteristics
(1)
Parameter Conditions f
HSI48
TRIM
HSI48 Frequency
HSI48 user trimming step
USER TRIM
COVERAGE
HSI48 user trimming coverage
DuCy(HSI48) Duty Cycle
ACC
HSI48_REL
Accuracy of the HSI48 oscillator over temperature (factory calibrated)
D
VDD
(HSI48)
HSI48 oscillator frequency drift with V
DD
I t su
(HSI48) HSI48 oscillator start-up time
DD
(HSI48)
HSI48 oscillator power consumption
V
DD
=3.0V, T
±32 steps
-
A
=30°C
-
V
DD
T
A
= 3.0 V to 3.6 V,
= –15 to 85 °C
V
DD
T
A
= 1.65 V to 3.6 V,
= –40 to 125 °C
V
DD
= 3 V to 3.6 V
V
DD
= 1.65 V to 3.6 V
-
-
Min
-
-
±3
(3)
-
-
-
-
-
-
Typ
48
0.11
(2)
±3.5
(3)
-
-
-
0.025
(3)
0.05
(3)
2.5
340
±4.5
(3)
0.05
(3)
0.1
(3)
380
Max Unit
-
0.18
MHz
%
-
55
±3
(3)
%
%
%
%
μ
μ s
A
124/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol
Table 59. HSI48 oscillator characteristics (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min
N
P
T
T
jitter
jitter
Next transition jitter
Accumulated jitter on 28 cycles (4)
Paired transition jitter
Accumulated jitter on 56 cycles
(4)
-
-
1. V
DD
= 3 V, T
A
= –40 to 125°C unless otherwise specified.
2. Guaranteed by design.
3. Guaranteed by characterization results.
4. Jitter measurement are performed without clock source activated in parallel.
-
-
Typ
+/-0.15
+/-0.25
Max Unit
ns
ns
Figure 27. HSI48 frequency versus temperature
6
%
4
2
0
-2
-4
-6
-50 -30 -10
Avg
10 30 min
50 70 90 max
110 130
°C
MSv40989V1
Low-speed internal (LSI) RC oscillator
Symbol Parameter
Table 60. LSI oscillator characteristics (1)
Conditions Min f
LSI
LSI Frequency
V
DD
= 3.0 V, T
A
= 30 °C
V
DD
= 1.62 to 3.6 V, T
A
= -40 to 125 °C t t
SU
STAB
I
DD
(LSI)
(LSI)
(2)
LSI oscillator startup time
LSI oscillator stabilization time
LSI oscillator power consumption
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Guaranteed by design.
-
-
5% of final frequency
31.04
29.5
-
-
-
Typ
-
-
80
125
110
Max Unit
32.96
34 kHz
130 μ s
180 μ s
180 nA
DS12469 Rev 8 125/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
The parameters given in
Table 61 are derived from tests performed under temperature and
V
DD
supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 21: General operating conditions .
Symbol f
PLL_IN
Parameter
PLL input clock
(2)
PLL input clock duty cycle
Table 61. PLL characteristics
(1)
Conditions
-
-
Voltage scaling Range 1 f
PLL_P_OUT
PLL multiplier output clock P f
PLL_Q_OUT
PLL multiplier output clock Q
Voltage scaling Range 2
Voltage scaling Range 1
Voltage scaling Range 2
Voltage scaling Range 1 f
PLL_R_OUT
PLL multiplier output clock R f
VCO_OUT t
LOCK
PLL VCO output
PLL lock time
RMS cycle-to-cycle jitter
Voltage scaling Range 2
Voltage scaling Range 1
Voltage scaling Range 2
-
Jitter
I
DD
(PLL)
RMS period jitter
PLL power consumption on
V
System clock 80 MHz
VCO freq = 96 MHz
VCO freq = 192 MHz
VCO freq = 344 MHz
Min
4
45
3.0968
3.0968
12
12
12
12
96
96
-
-
-
-
-
-
Typ Max Unit
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
15
-
-
40 -
30 -
200 260
300 380
520 650
16 MHz
55
80
%
MHz
26
80
MHz
26
80
MHz
26
344
MHz
128
40 μ s
±ps
μ A
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Take care of using the appropriate division factor M to obtain the specified PLL input clock values. The M factor is shared between the 2 PLLs.
126/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics t t
Symbol t prog prog_row prog_page
Table 62. Flash memory characteristics (1)
Parameter
64-bit programming time one row (32 double word) programming time one page (2 Kbyte) programming time t
ERASE
Page (2 KB) erase time t prog_bank t
ME one bank (512 Kbyte) programming time
Mass erase time
(one or two banks)
I
DD
Conditions
normal programming fast programming normal programming fast programming
normal programming fast programming
Average consumption from V
DD
Maximum current (peak)
Write mode
Erase mode
Write mode
Erase mode
-
Typ
22.13
3.4
3.4
7 (for 2 μ s)
7 (for 41 μ s)
81.69
2.61
1.91
20.91
15.29
22.02
5.35
3.91
1. Guaranteed by design.
Symbol
Table 63. Flash memory endurance and data retention
Parameter Conditions
N t
END
RET
Endurance
Data retention
T
A
= –40 to +105 °C
1 kcycle
(2)
at T
A
= 85 °C
1 kcycle (2) at T
A
= 105 °C
1 kcycle
(2)
at T
A
= 125 °C
10 kcycles
(2)
at T
A
= 55 °C
10 kcycles
(2)
at T
A
= 85 °C
10 kcycles (2) at T
A
= 105 °C
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Cycling performed over the whole temperature range.
Min
(1)
7
30
15
10
10
30
15
Unit kcycles
Years
Max Unit
90.76
µs
2.90
2.12
23.24
ms
16.98
24.47
5.95
4.35
s
24.59
ms
-
-
-
mA
DS12469 Rev 8 127/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Susceptibility tests are performed on a sample basis during device characterization.
Functional EMS (electromagnetic susceptibility)
While a simple application is executed on the device (toggling 2 LEDs through I/O ports). the device is stressed by two electromagnetic events until a failure occurs. The failure is indicated by the LEDs:
• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) (positive and negative) is applied to all device pins until a functional disturbance occurs. This test is compliant with the IEC 61000-4-2 standard.
• FTB : A Burst of Fast Transient voltage (positive and negative) is applied to V
V
SS
through a 100 pF capacitor, until a functional disturbance occurs. This test is compliant with the IEC 61000-4-4 standard.
DD
and
A device reset allows normal operations to be resumed.
The test results are given in Table 64
. They are based on the EMS levels and classes defined in application note AN1709.
Symbol
Table 64. EMS characteristics
Parameter Conditions
Level/
Class
V
FESD
V
EFTB
Voltage limits to be applied on any I/O pin to induce a functional disturbance
Fast transient voltage burst limits to be applied through 100 pF on V
DD
and V pins to induce a functional disturbance
SS f
V
DD
= 3.3 V, T
A
HCLK
= +25 °C,
= 80 MHz, conforming to IEC 61000-4-2 f
V
DD
= 3.3 V, T
A
HCLK
= +25 °C,
= 80 MHz, conforming to IEC 61000-4-4
2B
5A
Designing hardened software to avoid noise problems
EMC characterization and optimization are performed at component level with a typical application environment and simplified MCU software. It should be noted that good EMC performance is highly dependent on the user application and the software in particular.
Therefore it is recommended that the user applies EMC software optimization and prequalification tests in relation with the EMC level requested for his application.
Software recommendations
The software flowchart must include the management of runaway conditions such as:
• Corrupted program counter
• Unexpected reset
• Critical Data corruption (control registers...)
128/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Prequalification trials
Most of the common failures (unexpected reset and program counter corruption) can be reproduced by manually forcing a low state on the NRST pin or the Oscillator pins for 1 second.
To complete these trials, ESD stress can be applied directly on the device, over the range of specification values. When unexpected behavior is detected, the software can be hardened to prevent unrecoverable errors occurring (see application note AN1015).
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)
The electromagnetic field emitted by the device are monitored while a simple application is executed (toggling 2 LEDs through the I/O ports). This emission test is compliant with
IEC 61967-2 standard which specifies the test board and the pin loading.
Table 65. EMI characteristics
Symbol Parameter
S
EMI
Conditions
Monitored frequency band
Peak level
0.1 MHz to 30 MHz
V
DD
= 3.6 V, T
A
= 25 °C,
LQFP64 package compliant with IEC
61967-2
30 MHz to 130 MHz
130 MHz to 1 GHz
1 GHz to 2 GHz
EMI Level
Max vs.
[f
HSE
/f
HCLK
]
8 MHz/ 80 MHz
3
3
4
8
2.5
Unit dBµV
-
Based on three different tests (ESD, LU) using specific measurement methods, the device is stressed in order to determine its performance in terms of electrical sensitivity.
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
Electrostatic discharges (a positive then a negative pulse separated by 1 second) are applied to the pins of each sample according to each pin combination. The sample size depends on the number of supply pins in the device (3 parts × (n+1) supply pins). This test conforms to the ANSI/JEDEC standard.
Symbol Ratings
Table 66. ESD absolute maximum ratings
Conditions Package Class
Maximum value (1)
Unit
V
ESD(HBM)
V
ESD
Electrostatic discharge voltage
(human body model)
T
A
= +25 °C, conforming to ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC
JS-001
Electrostatic discharge voltage
(charge device model)
T
A
= +25 °C, conforming to
ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC-002
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
All
BGA64
All others
2
C2a
C1
2000
500
250
V
DS12469 Rev 8 129/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Static latch-up
Two complementary static tests are required on six parts to assess the latch-up performance:
• A supply overvoltage is applied to each power supply pin.
• A current injection is applied to each input, output and configurable I/O pin.
These tests are compliant with EIA/JESD 78A IC latch-up standard.
Symbol
LU
Parameter
Table 67. Electrical sensitivities
Conditions
Static latch-up class T
A
= +105 °C conforming to JESD78A
Class
II
As a general rule, current injection to the I/O pins, due to external voltage below V
SS above V
DDIOx product operation. However, in order to give an indication of the robustness of the
or
(for standard, 3.3 V-capable I/O pins) should be avoided during normal microcontroller in cases when abnormal injection accidentally happens, susceptibility tests are performed on a sample basis during device characterization.
Functional susceptibility to I/O current injection
While a simple application is executed on the device, the device is stressed by injecting current into the I/O pins programmed in floating input mode. While current is injected into the I/O pin, one at a time, the device is checked for functional failures.
The failure is indicated by an out of range parameter: ADC error above a certain limit (higher than 5 LSB TUE), out of conventional limits of induced leakage current on adjacent pins (out of the -5 µA/+0 µA range) or other functional failure (for example reset occurrence or oscillator frequency deviation).
The characterization results are given in
Negative induced leakage current is caused by negative injection and positive induced leakage current is caused by positive injection.
Symbol
I
INJ
Table 68. I/O current injection susceptibility (1)
Functional susceptibility
Description
Negative injection
Positive injection
Injected current on all pins except PA4, PA5
Injected current on PA4, PA5 pins
-5
-5
N/A
(2)
0
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Injection is not possible.
Unit mA
130/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
General input/output characteristics
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in
Table 69 are derived from tests
performed under the conditions summarized in Table 21: General operating conditions
. All
I/Os are designed as CMOS- and TTL-compliant.
Symbol
V
IL
(1)
V
IH
V hys
(3)
I lkg
(4)
R
PU
R
PD
C
IO
Parameter
Table 69. I/O static characteristics
Conditions Min
I/O input low level voltage
I/O input low level voltage
I/O input low level voltage
I/O input high level voltage
1.62 V<V
1.62 V<V
1.08 V<V
1.62 V<V
DDIOx
DDIOx
DDIOx
DDIOx
<3.6 V
<3.6 V
<1.62 V
<3.6 V 0.7xV
-
-
-
DDIOx
I/O input high level voltage
1.62 V<V
DDIOx
<3.6 V 0.49xV
DDIOX
+0.26
(3)
I/O input high level voltage
TT_xx, FT_xxx and
NRST I/O input hysteresis
1.08 V<V
1.62 V<V
FT_xx input leakage current
(3)(5)
FT_u and PC3 I/O
TT_xx input leakage current
V
IN
≤
Max(V
DDXXX
)
(6)(7)
Max(V
DDXXX
Max(V
DDXXX
) ≤ V
≤
Max(V
V
IN
≤ 5.5 V
)+1 V <
V
IN
≤
Max(V
DDXXX
Max(V
DDXXX
Max(V
DDXXX
) ≤ V
≤
Max(V
V
IN
≤ 5.5 V
)+1 V <
V
IN
≤ Max(V
DDXXX
)
Max(V
) ≤ V
IN
<
Weak pull-up equivalent resistor
(8)
V
IN
= V
SS
DDIOx
DDIOx
<1.62 V 0.61xV
DDIOX
<3.6 V
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
25
+0.05
(3)
Weak pull-down equivalent resistor (8)
I/O pin capacitance
V
IN
= V
DDIOx
-
25
-
Typ
-
-
-
-
-
-
200
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
40
40
5
0.3xV
0.39xV
0.43xV
Max
DDIOx
(2)
DDIOx
DDIOx
-
-
-
-
±100
650
200
±150
2500
250
(3)
±150
2000
55
55
-
-0.06
(3)
-0.1
(3)
(3)
Unit
V
V mV nA k Ω k Ω pF
DS12469 Rev 8 131/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
1. Refer to Figure 28: I/O input characteristics .
2. Tested in production.
3. Guaranteed by design.
4. This value represents the pad leakage of the IO itself. The total product pad leakage is provided by this formula:
I
Total_Ileak_max
= 10 µA + [number of IOs where V
IN
is applied on the pad] ₓ I lkg
(Max).
5. All FT_xx GPIOs except FT_u and PC3 I/O.
6. Max(V
DDXXX
) is the maximum value of all the I/O supplies. Refer to Table: Legend/Abbreviations used in the pinout table.
7. To sustain a voltage higher than Min(V disabled.
DD
, V
DDA
, V
DDUSB
) +0.3 V, the internal Pull-up and Pull-Down resistors must be
8. Pull-up and pull-down resistors are designed with a true resistance in series with a switchable PMOS/NMOS. This
PMOS/NMOS contribution to the series resistance is minimal (~10% order).
All I/Os are CMOS- and TTL-compliant (no software configuration required). Their characteristics cover more than the strict CMOS-technology or TTL parameters. The
coverage of these requirements is shown in Figure 28
for standard I/Os, and in
for
5 V tolerant I/Os.
Figure 28. I/O input characteristics
TTL requirement Vih min = 2V
min = 0
.7xV
DDIO x
DDIOx
+0.2
6 for V
DDIOx
>1.6
2
DDIOx
<1.62 or
0.49xV
Teste d in production CMOS requirement Vih on Vi h min = 0.
lation V il max
61xV
DDIOx
=0.43xV
DDIOx
+0.05
for 1.08<V
-0.1 for 1.08
<V DDIOx
<1.62 or 0.39xV
ax = 0.3xVdd
DDIOx
-0.06 for
V
DDIO x
>1.62
TTL requirement Vil max = 0.8V
Based on simu ction CMOS req uirement Vil m
Tested in produ
MSv37613V1
Output driving current
The GPIOs (general purpose input/outputs) can sink or source up to ±8 mA, and sink or source up to ± 20 mA (with a relaxed V
OL
/V
OH
).
132/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
In the user application, the number of I/O pins which can drive current must be limited to respect the absolute maximum rating specified in
:
• The sum of the currents sourced by all the I/Os on V
DDIOx, consumption of the MCU sourced on V
DD,
Σ I
VDD
(see Table 18: Voltage characteristics ).
plus the maximum cannot exceed the absolute maximum rating
• The sum of the currents sunk by all the I/Os on V
SS
, plus the maximum consumption of the MCU sunk on V
SS
, cannot exceed the absolute maximum rating
Table 18: Voltage characteristics
).
Σ I
VSS
(see
Output voltage levels
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in the table below are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 21: General operating conditions . All I/Os are CMOS- and TTL-compliant (FT OR TT
unless otherwise specified).
Symbol
Table 70. Output voltage characteristics (1)
Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit
V
V
V
OL
OH
OL
(3)
V
V
OL
V
V
OL
V
V
OL
V
Output low level voltage for an I/O pin
Output high level voltage for an I/O pin
CMOS port
|I
V
IO
|
DDIOx
(2)
= 8 mA
≥ 2.7 V
Output low level voltage for an I/O pin TTL port
Output high level voltage for an I/O pin
|I
IO
|
V
DDIOx
(2)
= 8 mA
≥ 2.7 V
Output low level voltage for an I/O pin
Output high level voltage for an I/O pin
Output low level voltage for an I/O pin
Output high level voltage for an I/O pin
Output low level voltage for an I/O pin
Output high level voltage for an I/O pin
|I
V
DDIOx
|I
V
DDIOx
|I
IO
IO
IO
|
|
|
= 20 mA
≥ 2.7 V
= 4 mA
≥ 1.62 V
= 2 mA
1.62 V ≥ V
DDIOx
≥ 1.08 V
V
V
V
-
DDIOx
-
2.4
-
DDIOx
-
DDIOx
-
-0.4
-1.3
-0.45
0.65
ₓ V
DDIOx
0.35
0.4
-
0.4
0.45
ₓ
-
1.3
-
-
V
-
DDIOx
V
V
Output low level voltage for an FT I/O pin in FM+ mode (FT I/O with "f" option)
|I
IO
| = 20 mA
V
DDIOx
≥ 2.7 V
|I
IO
| = 10 mA
V
DDIOx
≥ 1.62 V
|I
IO
| = 2 mA
1.62 V ≥ V
DDIOx
≥ 1.08 V
-
-
0.4
0.4
0.4
1. The I
IO
current sourced or sunk by the device must always respect the absolute maximum rating specified in
, and the sum of respect the absolute maximum ratings the currents sourced or sunk by all the I/Os (I/O ports and control pins) must always
Σ I
IO
.
2. TTL and CMOS outputs are compatible with JEDEC standards JESD36 and JESD52.
3. Guaranteed by design.
Input/output AC characteristics
The definition and values of input/output AC characteristics are given in
and
DS12469 Rev 8 133/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 21: General operating conditions
.
Speed Symbol
00
01
Table 71. I/O AC characteristics (1)(2)
Parameter Conditions
Fmax Maximum frequency
Tr/Tf Output rise and fall time
Fmax Maximum frequency
Tr/Tf Output rise and fall time
C=50 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=50 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=50 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=10 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=10 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=10 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=50 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=50 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=50 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=10 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=10 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=10 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=50 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=50 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=50 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=10 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=10 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=10 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=50 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=50 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=50 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=10 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=10 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=10 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
Unit
MHz ns
MHz ns
Min
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Max
25
10
1
50
15
1
1.5
0.1
25
52
140
5
1
0.1
10
17
37
110
9
16
40
4.5
9
21
134/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Speed Symbol
Table 71. I/O AC characteristics (1)(2) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit
10
11
Fmax
Tr/Tf
Fmax
Tr/Tf
Maximum frequency
Output rise and fall time
Maximum frequency
Output rise and fall time
C=50 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
C=10 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
C=50 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
C=10 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
C=30 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
C=10 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
C=30 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
C=30 pF, 1.08 V ≤
DDIOx
C=50 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
C=50 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
C=10 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
C=10 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
C=50 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
C=50 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
C=10 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
C=10 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
C=30 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
C=30 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
C=10 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
C=10 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
C=30 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
V
≤
DDIOx
DDIOx
≤
DDIOx
DDIOx
≤
DDIOx
DDIOx
≤
DDIOx
DDIOx
≤
DDIOx
DDIOx
≤
DDIOx
DDIOx
≤
DDIOx
DDIOx
3.6 V
≤
≤
3.6 V
≤
≤
3.6 V
≤
≤
3.6 V
≤
≤
3.6 V
≤
≤
3.6 V
≤
≤
3.6 V
≤
≤
2.7 V
1.62 V
2.7 V
1.62 V
2.7 V
1.62 V
2.7 V
1.62 V
2.7 V
1.62 V
2.7 V
1.62 V
2.7 V
1.62 V
50
25
5
100
(3)
37.5
5
5.8
11
28
2.5
5
12
50
10
75
10
3.3
6
16
1
5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MHz ns
MHz ns
Fm+
Fmax Maximum frequency
Tf Output fall time
(4)
C=50 pF, 1.6 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
MHz ns
1. The I/O speed is configured using the OSPEEDRy[1:0] bits. The Fm+ mode is configured in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 register.
Refer to the RM0394 reference manual for a description of GPIO Port configuration register.
2. Guaranteed by design.
3. This value represents the I/O capability but the maximum system frequency is limited to 80 MHz.
4. The fall time is defined between 70% and 30% of the output waveform accordingly to I 2 C specification.
DS12469 Rev 8 135/192
164
Electrical characteristics
Figure 29. I/O AC characteristics definition
90% 10%
50% 50%
10% 90% t r(IO)out t f(IO)out
T
STM32L412xx when loaded by the specified capacitance.
MS32132V2
1. Refer to Table 71: I/O AC characteristics .
6.3.15 NRST pin characteristics
The NRST pin input driver uses the CMOS technology. It is connected to a permanent pullup resistor, R
PU
.
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in the table below are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 21: General operating conditions .
Symbol Parameter
Table 72. NRST pin characteristics (1)
Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
V
V
V
V
IL(NRST)
IH(NRST)
V hys(NRST)
R
PU
F(NRST)
NF(NRST)
NRST input low level voltage
NRST input high level voltage
NRST Schmitt trigger voltage hysteresis
Weak pull-up equivalent resistor
(2)
NRST input filtered pulse
NRST input not filtered pulse
V
IN
-
-
-
= V
-
SS
1.71 V ≤ V
DD
≤ 3.6 V
0.7
ₓ V
DDIOx
-
-
25
-
350
-
-
200
40
-
-
0.3
ₓ V
DDIOx
-
-
-
55
70
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. The pull-up is designed with a true resistance in series with a switchable PMOS. This PMOS contribution to the series resistance is minimal (~10% order)
.
V mV k Ω ns ns
136/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Figure 30. Recommended NRST pin protection
External reset circuit
(1)
0.1 μF
NRST
(2)
V
DD
R
PU
Filter
Internal reset
MS19878V3
1. The reset network protects the device against parasitic resets.
2. The user must ensure that the level on the NRST pin can go below the V
IL(NRST)
max level specified in
Table 72: NRST pin characteristics
. Otherwise the reset will not be taken into account by the device.
3. The external capacitor on NRST must be placed as close as possible to the device.
6.3.16 Extended interrupt and event controller input (EXTI) characteristics
The pulse on the interrupt input must have a minimal length in order to guarantee that it is detected by the event controller.
Symbol
Table 73. EXTI Input Characteristics (1)
Parameter
PLEC
Pulse length to event controller
1. Guaranteed by design.
Conditions
-
Min
20
Typ
-
Max
-
Unit ns
6.3.17 Analog switches booster
Symbol
Table 74. Analog switches booster characteristics (1)
Parameter
V
DD t
SU(BOOST)
Supply voltage
Booster startup time
I
DD(BOOST)
Booster consumption for
1.62 V ≤ V
DD
≤ 2.0 V
Booster consumption for
2.0 V ≤ V
DD
≤ 2.7 V
Booster consumption for
2.7 V ≤ V
DD
≤ 3 .6 V
1. Guaranteed by design.
Min
1.62
-
-
-
-
Typ
-
-
-
-
-
Max
3.6
240
250
500
900
Unit
V
µs
µA
DS12469 Rev 8 137/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Note:
Symbol
V
DDA
V
REF+
V
REF-
V f
ADC f s f
TRIG
CMIN
V
AIN
(3)
R
AIN
C
ADC
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 75
are preliminary values derived from tests performed under ambient temperature, f
PCLK frequency and V
conditions summarized in Table 21: General operating conditions
.
DDA
supply voltage
It is recommended to perform a calibration after each power-up.
Parameter
Table 75. ADC characteristics
(1) (2)
Conditions Min
Analog supply voltage
Positive reference voltage
V
DDA
≥ 2 V
V
DDA
< 2 V
Negative reference voltage
-
Range 1
-
ADC clock frequency
Sampling rate for FAST channels
Range 2
Resolution = 12 bits
Resolution = 10 bits
Resolution = 8 bits
Resolution = 6 bits
Resolution = 12 bits
Resolution = 10 bits
Sampling rate for SLOW channels
Resolution = 8 bits
Resolution = 6 bits
External trigger frequency f
ADC
= 80 MHz
Resolution = 12 bits
Resolution = 12 bits
1.62
2
-
Input common mode Differential mode
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.14
0.14
-
-
Typ
-
-
V
DDA
V
SSA
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Max
3.6
V
DDA
7.27
8.88
4.21
4.71
5.33
6.15
80
26
5.33
6.15
5.33
15
(V
REF+
V
REF-
- 0.18
+
)/2
(V
REF+
V
REF-
+
)/2
(V
REF+
V
REF-
+ 0.18
+
)/2
Conversion voltage range(2)
External input impedance
Internal sample and hold capacitor
-
-
0
-
-
-
5
V
REF+
50
-
Unit
V
V
V
V
MHz
Msps
MHz
1/f
ADC
V
V k Ω pF t
STAB t
CAL
Power-up time
Calibration time
f
ADC
= 80 MHz
-
1
1.45
116 conversion cycle
µs
1/f
ADC
138/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol
Table 75. ADC characteristics (1) (2) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
t
t t
LATR
LATRINJ t s
ADCVREG_STUP
Trigger conversion latency Regular and injected channels without conversion abort
CKMODE = 00
CKMODE = 01
CKMODE = 10
CKMODE = 11
Trigger conversion latency Injected channels aborting a regular conversion
CKMODE = 00
CKMODE = 01
CKMODE = 10
CKMODE = 11
Sampling time f
ADC
= 80 MHz
-
ADC voltage regulator start-up time
f
ADC
= 80 MHz
Resolution = 12 bits
Total conversion time
(including sampling time)
Resolution = 12 bits
1.5
-
-
-
2.5
-
-
-
0.03125
2.5
-
0.1875
2
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.5
2.0
2.25
2.125
3.5
3.0
3.25
3.125
8.00625
640.5
20
8.1625
1/f
1/f
1/f
ADC
ADC
µs
ADC
µs
µs
I
I
I t
CONV
DDA
(ADC)
DDV_S
DDV_D
(ADC)
(ADC)
ADC consumption from the V
DDA
supply
ADC consumption from the V
REF+ mode
ADC consumption from the V mode
single ended
REF+
differential fs = 5 Msps fs = 1 Msps fs = 10 ksps fs = 5 Msps fs = 1 Msps fs = 10 ksps fs = 5 Msps fs = 1 Msps fs = 10 ksps ts + 12.5 cycles for successive approximation
= 15 to 653
730 830
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
160
16
130
30
0.6
260
60
1.3
220
50
160
40
2
310
70
3
1/f
ADC
µA
µA
µA
1. Guaranteed by design
2. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enable when V
V
DDA
< 2.4V). It is disable when V
DDA
≥ 2.4 V.
DDA
< 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 when
3.
V
REF+
can be internally connected to V
DDA
and V
Section 4: Pinouts and pin description
REF-
can be internally connected to V
SSA
, depending on the package.
The maximum value of R
AIN
can be found in Table 76: Maximum ADC RAIN .
DS12469 Rev 8 139/192
164
Electrical characteristics
Resolution
12 bits
10 bits
8 bits
6 bits
1. Guaranteed by design.
STM32L412xx
Table 76. Maximum ADC R
AIN
(1)(2)
Sampling cycle
@80 MHz
Sampling time [ns]
@80 MHz
R
AIN
max ( Ω )
Fast channels
(3) channels
(4)
92.5
247.5
640.5
2.5
6.5
12.5
640.5
2.5
6.5
12.5
24.5
47.5
24.5
47.5
92.5
247.5
640.5
640.5
2.5
6.5
12.5
24.5
47.5
92.5
247.5
2.5
6.5
12.5
24.5
47.5
92.5
247.5
8006.75
31.25
81.25
156.25
306.25
593.75
1156.25
3093.75
8006.75
31.25
81.25
156.25
8006.75
31.25
81.25
156.25
306.25
593.75
1156.25
3093.75
31.25
81.25
156.25
306.25
593.75
1156.25
3093.75
306.25
593.75
1156.25
3093.75
8006.75
6800
15000
50000
220
560
1200
47000
180
470
1000
1800
2700
39000
120
390
820
1500
2200
5600
12000
100
330
680
1500
2200
4700
12000
2700
3900
8200
18000
50000
5600
12000
50000
N/A
330
1000
39000
N/A
270
680
1500
2200
33000
N/A
180
560
1200
1800
4700
10000
N/A
100
470
1200
1800
3900
10000
2200
3300
6800
15000
50000
140/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
2. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enable when V
V
DDA
< 2.4V). It is disable when V
DDA
≥ 2.4 V.
DDA
< 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 when
3. Fast channels are: PC0, PC1, PC2, PC3, PA0, PA1.
4. Slow channels are: all ADC inputs except the fast channels.
DS12469 Rev 8 141/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Table 77. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 1 (1)(2)(3)
Symbol
Parameter Conditions
(4)
Min Typ Max Unit
ET
EO
EG
ED
EL
ENOB
SINAD
SNR
Total unadjusted error
Offset error
Gain error
Effective number of bits
Signal-tonoise and distortion ratio
Signal-tonoise ratio
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Differential linearity error
Integral linearity error
ADC clock frequency ≤
80 MHz,
Sampling rate ≤ 5.33 Msps,
V
DDA
= VREF+ = 3 V,
TA = 25 °C
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
1 1.5
1 1.2
1 1.2
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
1 2
Slow channel (max speed) 1 2
Fast channel (max speed) 10.4 10.5
-
Slow channel (max speed) 10.4 10.5
-
Fast channel (max speed) 10.8 10.9
-
Slow channel (max speed) 10.8 10.9
-
Fast channel (max speed) 64.4 65 -
Slow channel (max speed) 64.4 65
Fast channel (max speed) 66.8 67.4
-
-
Slow channel (max speed) 66.8 67.4
-
Fast channel (max speed) 65 66
Slow channel (max speed) 65 66
Fast channel (max speed) 67 68
Slow channel (max speed) 67 68
-
-
-
-
4 5
4 5
3.5
4.5
3.5
4.5
1 2.5
1 2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
4.5
2.5
4.5
2.5
3.5
2.5
3.5
1 1.5
LSB bits dB
142/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Table 77. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 1 (1)(2)(3) (continued)
Symbol
Parameter Conditions
(4)
Min Typ Max Unit
THD
Total harmonic distortion
ADC clock frequency ≤
80 MHz,
Sampling rate ≤ 5.33 Msps,
V
DDA
= V
REF+
= 3 V,
T
A
= 25 °C
Single ended
Differential
Fast channel (max speed)
Slow channel (max speed)
Fast channel (max speed)
Slow channel (max speed)
-
-
-
-74
-74
-79
-79
-73
-73
-76
-76 dB
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration.
3. ADC accuracy vs. negative Injection Current: Injecting negative current on any analog input pins should be avoided as this significantly reduces the accuracy of the conversion being performed on another analog input. It is recommended to add a
Schottky diode (pin to ground) to analog pins which may potentially inject negative current.
4. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enable when V
V
DDA
< 2.4 V). It is disable when V
DDA
DDA
< 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 when
≥ 2.4 V. No oversampling.
DS12469 Rev 8 143/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Table 78. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 2 (1)(2)(3)
Symbol
Parameter Conditions
(4)
Min Typ Max Unit
ET
EO
EG
ED
EL
ENOB
SINAD
SNR
Total unadjusted error
Offset error
Gain error
Effective number of bits
Signal-tonoise and distortion ratio
Signal-tonoise ratio
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Differential linearity error
ADC clock frequency ≤
80 MHz,
Sampling rate ≤ 5.33 Msps,
2 V ≤ V
DDA Integral linearity error
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
1 1.5
1 1.2
1 1.2
1.5
3.5
1.5
3.5
1 3
Slow channel (max speed) 1 2.5
Fast channel (max speed) 10 10.5
-
Slow channel (max speed) 10 10.5
-
Fast channel (max speed) 10.7 10.9
-
Slow channel (max speed) 10.7 10.9
-
Fast channel (max speed) 62 65 -
Slow channel (max speed) 62 65
Fast channel (max speed) 66 67.4
-
-
Slow channel (max speed) 66 67.4
-
Fast channel (max speed) 64 66
Slow channel (max speed) 64 66
Fast channel (max speed) 66.5 68
Slow channel (max speed) 66.5 68
-
-
-
-
4 6.5
4 6.5
3.5
5.5
3.5
5.5
1 4.5
1 5
1.5
3
1.5
3
2.5
6
2.5
6
2.5
3.5
2.5
3.5
1 1.5
LSB bits dB
144/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Table 78. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 2 (1)(2)(3) (continued)
Symbol
Parameter Conditions
(4)
Min Typ Max Unit
THD
Total harmonic distortion
ADC clock frequency ≤
80 MHz,
Sampling rate ≤ 5.33 Msps,
2 V ≤ V
DDA
Single ended
Differential
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
-74 -65
-74 -67
-79 -70
-79 -71 dB
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration.
3. ADC accuracy vs. negative Injection Current: Injecting negative current on any analog input pins should be avoided as this significantly reduces the accuracy of the conversion being performed on another analog input. It is recommended to add a
Schottky diode (pin to ground) to analog pins which may potentially inject negative current.
4. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enable when V
V
DDA
< 2.4 V). It is disable when V
DDA
DDA
< 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 when
≥ 2.4 V. No oversampling.
DS12469 Rev 8 145/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Table 79. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 3 (1)(2)(3)
Symbol
Parameter Conditions
(4)
Min Typ Max Unit
ET
EO
EG
ED
EL
ENOB
SINAD
SNR
Total unadjusted error
Offset error
Gain error
Effective number of bits
Signal-tonoise and distortion ratio
Signal-tonoise ratio
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Differential linearity error
Integral linearity error
ADC clock frequency ≤
80 MHz,
Sampling rate ≤ 5.33 Msps,
1.65 V ≤ V
DDA
3.6 V,
= V
REF+
≤
Voltage scaling Range 1
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
1.2
1.5
1 1.2
1 1.2
3 3.5
2.5
3.5
2 2.5
Slow channel (max speed) 2 2.5
Fast channel (max speed) 10 10.4
-
Slow channel (max speed) 10 10.4
-
Fast channel (max speed) 10.6 10.7
-
Slow channel (max speed) 10.6 10.7
-
Fast channel (max speed) 62 64 -
Slow channel (max speed) 62 64
Fast channel (max speed) 65 66
Slow channel (max speed) 65 66
Fast channel (max speed) 63 65
Slow channel (max speed) 63 65
Fast channel (max speed) 66 67
Slow channel (max speed) 66 67
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5.5
7.5
4.5
6.5
4.5
7.5
4.5
5.5
2 5
2.5
5
2 3.5
2.5
3
4.5
7
3.5
6
3.5
4
3.5
5
1.2
1.5
LSB bits dB
146/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Table 79. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 3 (1)(2)(3) (continued)
Symbol
Parameter Conditions
(4)
Min Typ Max Unit
THD
Total harmonic distortion
ADC clock frequency ≤
80 MHz,
Sampling rate ≤ 5.33 Msps,
1.65 V ≤ V
DDA
3.6 V,
= V
REF+
≤
Voltage scaling Range 1
Single ended
Differential
Fast channel (max speed)
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
-69 -67
-71 -67
-72 -71
-72 -71 dB
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration.
3. ADC accuracy vs. negative Injection Current: Injecting negative current on any analog input pins should be avoided as this significantly reduces the accuracy of the conversion being performed on another analog input. It is recommended to add a
Schottky diode (pin to ground) to analog pins which may potentially inject negative current.
4. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enable when V
V
DDA
< 2.4 V). It is disable when V
DDA
DDA
< 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 when
≥ 2.4 V. No oversampling.
DS12469 Rev 8 147/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Table 80. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 4 (1)(2)(3)
Symbol
Parameter Conditions
(4)
Min Typ Max Unit
ET
EO
EG
ED
EL
ENOB
SINAD
SNR
Total unadjusted error
Offset error
Gain error
Differential linearity error
Integral linearity error
ADC clock frequency ≤
26 MHz,
1.65 V ≤ V
DDA
3.6 V,
= VREF+ ≤
Voltage scaling Range 2
Effective number of bits
Signal-tonoise and distortion ratio
Signal-tonoise ratio
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
1 1.5
1 1.2
1 1.2
2.5
3
2.5
3
2 2.5
Slow channel (max speed) 2 2.5
Fast channel (max speed) 10.2 10.5
-
Slow channel (max speed) 10.2 10.5
-
Fast channel (max speed) 10.6 10.7
-
Slow channel (max speed) 10.6 10.7
-
Fast channel (max speed) 63 65 -
Slow channel (max speed) 63 65
Fast channel (max speed) 65 66
Slow channel (max speed) 65 66
Fast channel (max speed) 64 65
Slow channel (max speed) 64 65
Fast channel (max speed) 66 67
Slow channel (max speed) 66 67
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5 5.4
4
4
5
5
3.5
4.5
2 4
2 4
2 3.5
2 3.5
4 4.5
4 4.5
3
3
4
4
1 1.5
LSB bits dB
148/192 DS12469 Rev 8
4
3
2
1
7
6
5
0
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Table 80. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 4 (1)(2)(3) (continued)
Symbol
Parameter Conditions
(4)
Min Typ Max Unit
THD
Total harmonic distortion
ADC clock frequency
26 MHz,
1.65 V ≤ V
DDA
3.6 V,
≤
= VREF+ ≤
Voltage scaling Range 2
Single ended
Differential
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
-71 -69
-71 -69
-73 -72
-73 -72 dB
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration.
3. ADC accuracy vs. negative Injection Current: Injecting negative current on any analog input pins should be avoided as this significantly reduces the accuracy of the conversion being performed on another analog input. It is recommended to add a
Schottky diode (pin to ground) to analog pins which may potentially inject negative current.
4. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enable when V
V
DDA
< 2.4 V). It is disable when V
DDA
DDA
< 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 when
≥ 2.4 V. No oversampling.
Figure 31. ADC accuracy characteristics
V
SSA
4095
4094
4093
E
O
E
T
E
L
1 LSB
IDEAL
1 2 3 4 5 6
7
(2)
E
D
(3)
(1)
E
G
4093 4094 4095 4096
(1) Example of an actual transfer curve
(2) The ideal transfer curve
(3) End point correlation line
E
T
= total unajusted error : maximum deviation
between the actual and ideal transfer curves.
E
O
= offset error : maximum deviation
between the first actual transition and
the first ideal one.
E
G
= gain error : deviation between the last
ideal transition and the last actual one.
E
D
= differential linearity error : maximum
deviation between actual steps and the ideal ones.
E
L
= integral linearity error : maximum deviation
between any actual transition and the end point
correlation line.
V
DDA
MS19880V2
DS12469 Rev 8 149/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Figure 32. Typical connection diagram using the ADC
V
DDA
V
T
AINx
C parasitic
(2)
V
T
I lkg
(3)
Sample and hold ADC converter
R
ADC
12-bit converter
C
ADC
V
AIN
R
AIN
(1)
MS33900V5
1. Refer to Table 75: ADC characteristics
for the values of R
AIN
and C
ADC
.
2. C parasitic
represents the capacitance of the PCB (dependent on soldering and PCB layout quality) plus the
Table 69: I/O static characteristics for the value of the pad capacitance). A high
C parasitic
value will downgrade conversion accuracy. To remedy this, f
ADC
should be reduced.
3. Refer to Table 69: I/O static characteristics for the values of Ilkg.
General PCB design guidelines
Power supply decoupling should be performed as shown in
Figure 18: Power supply scheme
. The 10 nF capacitor should be ceramic (good quality) and it should be placed as close as possible to the chip.
150/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol Parameter
Table 81. COMP characteristics (1)
Conditions
V
DDA
V
IN
Analog supply voltage
Comparator input voltage range
Scaler input voltage
-
-
V
BG
(2)
V
SC
Scaler offset voltage
-
-
BRG_EN=0 (bridge disable)
I
DDA
(SCALER)
Scaler static consumption from V
DDA t
START_SCALER
Scaler startup time t
START t
D
(3)
BRG_EN=1 (bridge enable)
-
Comparator startup time to reach propagation delay specification
Propagation delay with
100 mV overdrive
High-speed mode
V
DDA
≥ 2.7 V
V
DDA
< 2.7 V
Medium mode
V
DDA
≥ 2.7 V
V
DDA
< 2.7 V
Ultra-low-power mode
High-speed mode
Medium mode
V
DDA
≥ 2.7 V
V
DDA
< 2.7 V
V offset
V hys
Comparator offset error
Comparator hysteresis
Ultra-low-power mode
Full common mode range
No hysteresis
Low hysteresis
Medium hysteresis
High hysteresis
-
-
-
-
-
-
Min Typ Max Unit
1.62
3.6
V
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0 V
DDA
-
-
55
65
0.55
4
0.8
100
-
-
-
V
REFINT
±5
200
±10
300
1
200
5
7
15
25
40
80
100
0.9
7
µs ns
µs mV nA
µA
µs
±5
0
8
15
27
±20
-
-
-
mV mV
DS12469 Rev 8 151/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Symbol
I
DDA
(COMP)
Table 81. COMP characteristics (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
400 600
Ultra-lowpower mode
Comparator consumption from V
DDA
Medium mode
High-speed mode
Static -
With 50 kHz
±100 mV overdrive square signal
-
Static -
With 50 kHz
±100 mV overdrive square signal
-
Static -
With 50 kHz
±100 mV overdrive square signal
-
1200
5
6
70
75
7
-
-
-
100 nA
µA
I bias
Comparator input bias current
-
1. Guaranteed by design, unless otherwise specified.
2. Refer to Table 24: Embedded internal voltage reference
.
3. Guaranteed by characterization results.
4. Mostly I/O leakage when used in analog mode. Refer to I lkg
parameter in Table 69: I/O static characteristics .
-
(4) nA
Symbol
V
DDA
CMIR
VI
OFFSET
∆ VI
OFFSET
Parameter
Table 82. OPAMP characteristics (1)
Conditions
Analog supply voltage
(2)
Common mode input range
-
-
Input offset voltage
Input offset voltage drift
25 °C, No Load on output.
All voltage/Temp.
Normal mode
Low-power mode
TRIMOFFSETP
TRIMLPOFFSETP
TRIMOFFSETN
TRIMLPOFFSETN
Offset trim step at low common input voltage
(0.1 ₓ V
DDA
)
Offset trim step at high common input voltage
(0.9 ₓ V
DDA
)
-
-
Min
1.8
0
-
-
-
-
Typ
-
Max
3.6
Unit
V
-
-
-
±5
±10
V
DDA
±1.5
±3
-
-
V mV
μ V/°C
-
0.8
1
1.1
1.35
mV
152/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx
Symbol
I
LOAD
I
LOAD_PGA
R
LOAD
R
LOAD_PGA
C
LOAD
CMRR
PSRR
GBW
SR
(3)
AO
V
OHSAT
V
OLSAT
φ m
Electrical characteristics
Table 82. OPAMP characteristics (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min
Drive current
Drive current in
PGA mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode
V
DDA
≥ 2 V
V
DDA
≥ 2 V
-
-
-
-
Resistive load
(connected to
VSSA or to
VDDA)
Normal mode
Low-power mode
V
DDA
< 2 V
4
20
Typ
-
-
-
-
-
-
Max
500
100
450
50
-
-
Unit
µA
Resistive load in PGA mode
(connected to
VSSA or to
V
DDA
)
Capacitive load
Power supply rejection ratio
Low saturation voltage
Phase margin
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Common mode rejection ratio
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Gain Bandwidth
Product
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Slew rate
(from 10 and
90% of output voltage)
Open loop gain
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode
High saturation voltage
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode
V
DDA
< 2 V
4.5
40 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-85
-90
50
-
-
C
LOAD
R
LOAD
≤ 50 pf,
≥ 4 k Ω DC
C
LOAD
R
LOAD
≤ 50 pf,
≥ 20 k Ω DC
V
DDA
≥ 2.4 V
(OPA_RANGE = 1)
V
V
V
DDA
DDA
DDA
< 2.4 V
(OPA_RANGE = 0)
≥ 2.4 V
< 2.4 V
70
72
I
55
45
I load
= max or R load min Input at V
DDA
.
=
V
DDA
100
-
V
DDA
50
load
= max or R load min Input at 0.
=
-
-
-
-
85
90 -
-
-
-
-
-
550 1600 2200
100 420 600
250
40
700
180
950
280
700
180
300
80 -
-
-
-
110
110 -
-
-
-
-
-
74
66
-
-
100
50
-
k Ω pF dB dB kHz
V/ms dB mV
°
DS12469 Rev 8 153/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Symbol
GM t
WAKEUP
I bias
PGA gain
Table 82. OPAMP characteristics (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min
Gain margin
Normal mode
Low-power mode -
-
Wake up time from OFF state.
Normal mode
Low-power mode
C
LOAD
R
LOAD
≤
≥ follower
50 pf,
4 k Ω configuration
C
LOAD
R
LOAD
≤
≥ follower
50 pf,
20 k Ω configuration
-
-
OPAMP input bias current
General purpose input -
Non inverting gain value
PGA Gain = 2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
R network
R2/R1 internal resistance values in PGA mode
(5)
PGA Gain = 4
PGA Gain = 8
PGA Gain = 16
Delta R
Resistance variation (R1 or
R2)
PGA gain error PGA gain error
Gain = 2
-
-
-
-
-
-15
-1
-
PGA BW
PGA bandwidth for different non inverting gain
Gain = 4
Gain = 8
Gain = 16 -
-
-
-
-
-
Typ
13
20
5
10
-
-
GBW/
2
GBW/
4
GBW/
8
GBW/
16
-
2
4
8
16
80/80
120/
40
140/
20
150/
10
Max
-
-
10
30
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
15
-
(4)
-
-
-
-
-
-
Unit dB
µs nA
k Ω /k Ω
%
%
MHz
154/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol
Table 82. OPAMP characteristics (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit en
Voltage noise density
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode at 1 kHz, Output loaded with 4 k Ω at 1 kHz, Output loaded with 20 k Ω at 10 kHz, Output loaded with 4 k Ω at 10 kHz, Output loaded with 20 k Ω
-
-
-
500
600
180
290 -
-
-
nV/ √
I
DDA
(OPAMP)
OPAMP consumption from V
DDA
Normal mode
Low-power mode no Load, quiescent mode
-
120
45
260
100
1. Guaranteed by design, unless otherwise specified.
2. The temperature range is limited to 0 °C-125 °C when V
DDA
is below 2 V
3. Guaranteed by characterization results.
4. Mostly I/O leakage, when used in analog mode. Refer to I lkg
parameter in
Table 69: I/O static characteristics
.
5. R2 is the internal resistance between OPAMP output and OPAMP inverting input. R1 is the internal resistance between
OPAMP inverting input and ground. The PGA gain =1+R2/R1
µA
Hz
6.3.21 Temperature sensor characteristics
Symbol
T
L
(1)
Avg_Slope (2)
V
30 t
START
(TS_BUF)
t
START
Table 83. TS characteristics
Parameter
V
TS
linearity with temperature
Average slope
Voltage at 30°C (±5 °C)
(3)
Sensor Buffer Start-up time in continuous mode
Start-up time when entering in continuous mode
(4)
Min
-
2.3
0.742
-
-
Typ
±1
2.5
0.76
8
70
Max
±2
2.7
0.785
15
120
Unit
°C mV/°C
V
µs
µs t
ADC sampling time when reading the temperature 5 µs
I
DD
Temperature sensor consumption from V
DD selected by ADC
, when
4.7
7 µA
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Guaranteed by characterization results.
3. Measured at V = 3.0 V ±10 mV. The V
Temperature sensor calibration values
.
30
ADC conversion result is stored in the TS_CAL1 byte. Refer to
4. Continuous mode means Run/Sleep modes, or temperature sensor enable in Low-power run/Low-power sleep modes.
DS12469 Rev 8 155/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
6.3.22 V
BAT
monitoring characteristics
Symbol
Table 84. V
BAT
monitoring characteristics
Parameter
R
Q
Er
(1)
Resistor bridge for V
BAT
Ratio on V
BAT
measurement
Error on Q t
S_vbat
(1) ADC sampling time when reading the VBAT
1. Guaranteed by design.
Min
-
-
-10
12
Typ
39
3
-
-
Symbol
R
BC
Table 85. V
BAT
charging characteristics
Parameter Conditions Min Typ
Battery charging resistor
VBRS = 0
VBRS = 1 -
5
1.5
Max
-
-
Max
-
-
10
-
Unit k Ω
Unit k Ω
-
%
µs
The parameters given in the following tables are guaranteed by design.
Refer to Section 6.3.14: I/O port characteristics for details on the input/output alternate
function characteristics (output compare, input capture, external clock, PWM output).
Symbol
Table 86. TIMx (1) characteristics
Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit t res(TIM)
Timer resolution time
f
TIMxCLK
= 80 MHz
-
1
12.5
-
t
TIMxCLK ns f
EXT
Res
TIM
Timer external clock frequency on CH1 to CH4
Timer resolution f
TIMxCLK
= 80 MHz
TIMx (except
TIM2)
0
0
f
TIMxCLK
40
16
/2 MHz
MHz bit
TIM2 32 t
COUNTER
16-bit counter clock period
1 f
TIMxCLK
= 80 MHz 0.0125
t
MAX_COUNT
Maximum possible count with 32-bit counter f
TIMxCLK
= 80 MHz -
1. TIMx
, is used as a general term in which x stands for 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,15,16 or 17.
65536
819.2
t
TIMxCLK
µs
65536 × 65536 t
TIMxCLK
53.68
s
156/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Table 87. IWDG min/max timeout period at 32 kHz (LSI) (1)
Prescaler divider PR[2:0] bits
Min timeout RL[11:0]=
0x000
Max timeout RL[11:0]=
0xFFF
Unit
/4
/8
/16
/32
/64
/128
/256
0
1
2
3
4
5
6 or 7
0.125
0.250
0.500
1.0
2.0
4.0
8.0
512
1024
2048
4096
8192
16384
32768 ms
1. The exact timings still depend on the phasing of the APB interface clock versus the LSI clock so that there is always a full RC period of uncertainty.
Prescaler
Table 88. WWDG min/max timeout value at 80 MHz (PCLK)
WDGTB Min timeout value Max timeout value
1
2
4
8
0
1
2
3
0.0512
0.1024
0.2048
0.4096
3.2768
6.5536
13.1072
26.2144
Unit ms
6.3.24 Communication interfaces characteristics
I
2
C interface characteristics
The I2C interface meets the timings requirements of the I
2
C-bus specification and user manual rev. 03 for:
• Standard-mode (Sm): with a bit rate up to 100 kbit/s
• Fast-mode (Fm): with a bit rate up to 400 kbit/s
• Fast-mode Plus (Fm+): with a bit rate up to 1 Mbit/s.
The I2C timings requirements are guaranteed by design when the I2C peripheral is properly configured (refer to RM0394 reference manual).
The SDA and SCL I/O requirements are met with the following restrictions: the SDA and
SCL I/O pins are not “true” open-drain. When configured as open-drain, the PMOS connected between the I/O pin and V
DDIOx
is disabled, but is still present. Only FT_f I/O pins support Fm+ low level output current maximum requirement. Refer to
Section 6.3.14: I/O port characteristics for the I2C I/Os characteristics.
All I2C SDA and SCL I/Os embed an analog filter. Refer to the table below for the analog filter characteristics:
DS12469 Rev 8 157/192
164
Electrical characteristics
Symbol
Table 89. I2C analog filter characteristics (1)
Parameter t
AF
Maximum pulse width of spikes that are suppressed by the analog filter
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Spikes with widths below t
AF(min) are filtered.
3. Spikes with widths above t
AF(max)
are not filtered
Min
50
(2)
Max
260
(3)
STM32L412xx
Unit ns
158/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
SPI characteristics
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in
for SPI are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature, f
PCLKx frequency and supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 21: General operating conditions .
• Output speed is set to OSPEEDRy[1:0] = 11
• Capacitive load C = 30 pF
• Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.5 ₓ V
DD
Refer to Section 6.3.14: I/O port characteristics
for more details on the input/output alternate function characteristics (NSS, SCK, MOSI, MISO for SPI).
Symbol Parameter
Table 90. SPI characteristics
(1)
Conditions
f
1/t
SCK c(SCK)
SPI clock frequency
Master mode receiver/full duplex
2.7 < V
DD
< 3.6 V
Voltage Range 1
Master mode receiver/full duplex
1.71 < V
DD
< 3.6 V
Voltage Range 1
Master mode transmitter
1.71 < V
DD
< 3.6 V
Voltage Range 1
Slave mode receiver
1.71 < V
DD
< 3.6 V
Voltage Range 1
Slave mode transmitter/full duplex
2.7 < V
DD
< 3.6 V
Voltage Range 1
Slave mode transmitter/full duplex
1.71 < V
DD
< 3.6 V
Voltage Range 1
Voltage Range 2 t su(NSS) t h(NSS) t w(SCKH) t w(SCKL) t su(MI) t su(SI) t h(MI) t h(SI) t a(SO) t dis(SO)
NSS setup time
NSS hold time
SCK high and low time Master mode
Data input setup time
Data input hold time
Slave mode, SPI prescaler = 2
Slave mode, SPI prescaler = 2
Master mode
Slave mode
Master mode
Slave mode
Data output access time Slave mode
Data output disable time Slave mode
Min
-
4 ₓ T
PCLK
2 ₓ T
PCLK
4
1.5
6.5
1.5
9
9
Typ
-
-
-
T
PCLK
-2 T
PCLK
-
-
-
-
-
-
Max
40
16
40
40
37
(2)
20
-
-
-
-
36
16
13
-
-
Unit
MHz ns ns
T
PCLK
+2 ns ns ns ns ns
DS12469 Rev 8 159/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Symbol Parameter
Table 90. SPI characteristics (1) (continued)
Conditions Min Typ Max Unit t v(SO)
Data output valid time
Slave mode 2.7 < V
DD
Voltage Range 1
< 3.6 V
Slave mode 1.71 < V
Voltage Range 1
DD
< 3.6 V
Slave mode 1.71 < V
Voltage Range 2
DD
< 3.6 V
-
-
12.5
12.5
12.5
13.5
24
33 ns t v(MO) t h(SO) t h(MO)
Data output hold time
Master mode
Slave mode
Master mode
-
7
0
4.5
-
-
6
-
ns
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Maximum frequency in Slave transmitter mode is determined by the sum of t having t su(MI)
= 0 while Duty(SCK) = 50 %.
v(SO)
and t su(MI)
which has to fit into SCK low or high phase preceding the SCK sampling edge. This value can be achieved when the SPI communicates with a master
Figure 33. SPI timing diagram - slave mode and CPHA = 0
NSS input t su(NSS) t w(SCKH) t c(SCK) t r(SCK) t h(NSS)
CPHA=0
CPOL=0
CPHA=0
CPOL=1 t a(SO)
MISO output t w(SCKL)
First bit OUT t h(SI) t v(SO) t h(SO)
Next bits OUT t f(SCK)
Last bit OUT t dis(SO) t su(SI)
MOSI input First bit IN Next bits IN Last bit IN
MSv41658V1
160/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Figure 34. SPI timing diagram - slave mode and CPHA = 1
NSS input
CPHA=1
CPOL=0
CPHA=1
CPOL=1 t su(NSS) t a(SO)
MISO output t w(SCKH) t c(SCK) t w(SCKL) t v(SO) t su(SI)
First bit OUT t h(SI)
First bit IN t h(SO)
Next bits OUT
MOSI input Next bits IN
1. Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.3 V
DD
and 0.7 V
DD
.
Figure 35. SPI timing diagram - master mode
High
NSS input tc(SCK)
CPHA= 0
CPOL=0
CPHA= 0
CPOL=1 t f(SCK) t h(NSS) t r(SCK) t dis(SO)
Last bit OUT
Last bit IN
MSv41659V1
CPHA=1
CPOL=0
CPHA=1
CPOL=1
MISO
INP UT
MOSI
OUTPUT tsu(MI) tw(SCKH) tw(SCKL)
MSB IN th(MI)
MSB OUT tv(MO)
BIT6 IN
B I T1 OUT th(MO)
1. Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.3 V
DD
and 0.7 V
DD
.
tr(SCK) tf(SCK)
LSB IN
LSB OUT ai14136c
DS12469 Rev 8 161/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx
Quad SPI characteristics
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in
are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature, f
AHB
frequency and V
DD
supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 21: General operating conditions
, with the following configuration:
• Output speed is set to OSPEEDRy[1:0] = 11
• Capacitive load C = 15 or 20 pF
• Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.5 ₓ V
DD
Refer to Section 6.3.14: I/O port characteristics
for more details on the input/output alternate function characteristics.
Symbol
F
CK
1/t
(CK) t w(CKH) t w(CKL) t s(IN) t h(IN) t v(OUT) t h(OUT)
Table 91. Quad SPI characteristics in SDR mode (1)
Parameter Conditions Min
Quad SPI clock frequency
1.71 < V
DD
< 3.6 V, C
LOAD
= 20 pF
Voltage Range 1
1.71 < V
DD
< 3.6 V, C
LOAD
= 15 pF
Voltage Range 1
2.7 < V
DD
< 3.6 V, C
LOAD
= 15 pF
Voltage Range 1
1.71 < V
DD
< 3.6 V C
LOAD
= 20 pF
Voltage Range 2
-
-
-
-
Quad SPI clock high and low time
Data input setup time
Data input hold time
Data output valid time
Data output hold time f
AHBCLK
= 48 MHz, presc=0
Voltage Range 1
Voltage Range 2
Voltage Range 1
Voltage Range 2
Voltage Range 1
Voltage Range 2
Voltage Range 1
Voltage Range 2
6.5
-
-
0
0 t
(CK)
/2-2 t
(CK)
/2
2
3.5
5
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
Typ
-
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
Max
40
48
60
26
5
-
-
5
t
(CK)
/2 t
(CK)
/2+2
-
-
-
Unit
MHz ns
162/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol
Table 92. QUADSPI characteristics in DDR mode (1)
Parameter Conditions
F
1/t
CK
(CK)
Quad SPI clock frequency
1.71 < V
DD
< 3.6 V, C
LOAD
= 20 pF
Voltage Range 1
2 < V
DD
< 3.6 V, C
LOAD
Voltage Range 1
= 20 pF
1.71 < V
DD
< 3.6 V, C
LOAD
= 15 pF
Voltage Range 1
1.71 < V
DD
< 3.6 V C
Voltage Range 2
LOAD
= 20 pF t w(CKH) t w(CKL)
Quad SPI clock high and low time f
AHBCLK
= 48 MHz, presc=0 t t t t sr(IN) sf(IN) hr(IN) hf(IN)
Data input setup time on rising edge
Voltage Range 1
Voltage Range 2
Data input setup time on falling edge
Voltage Range 1
Data input hold time on rising edge
Voltage Range 2
Voltage Range 1
Voltage Range 2
Data input hold time on falling edge
Voltage Range 1
Voltage Range 2 t t vr(OUT) vf(OUT)
Data output valid time on rising edge
Voltage Range 1
Voltage Range 2
Data output valid time on falling edge
Voltage Range 1
Voltage Range 2 t t hr(OUT) hf(OUT)
Data output hold time on rising edge
Voltage Range 1
Voltage Range 2
Data output hold time on falling edge
Voltage Range 1
Voltage Range 2
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
Min
-
-
-
-
Typ
-
-
-
-
Max
40
48
48
26 t
(CK)
/2-2 t
(CK)
/2 t
(CK)
/2
t
(CK)
/2+2
1
-
3.5
1
-
1.5
6
6.5
-
5.5
5.5
-
-
-
3.5
8
3.5
13
5
-
-
9.5
5
15
-
-
5.5
14
8.5
19
-
-
Unit
MHz ns
DS12469 Rev 8 163/192
164
Electrical characteristics STM32L412xx t r(CK)
Figure 36. Quad SPI timing diagram - SDR mode t
(CK) t w(CKH) t w(CKL) t f(CK)
Clock
Data output
Data input t v(OUT) t h(OUT)
D0
D0 t s(IN)
D1 t h(IN)
D1
D2
D2 t r(CLK)
Figure 37. Quad SPI timing diagram - DDR mode t
(CLK) t w(CLKH) t w(CLKL) t f(CLK)
MSv36878V1
Clock t vf(OUT) t hr(OUT) t vr(OUT) t hf(OUT)
Data output IO0 IO1 t sf(IN) t hf(IN)
IO2 IO3 IO4 t sr(IN) t hr(IN)
IO5
Data input IO0 IO1 IO2 IO3 IO4 IO5
MSv36879V3
USB characteristics
The USB interface is fully compliant with the USB specification version 2.0 and is USB-IF certified (for Full-speed device operation).
Symbol
V
DDUSB
T crystal_less t
STARTUP
(3)
R
PUI
R
PUR
Z
Table 93. USB electrical characteristics (1)
Parameter Conditions Min Typ
USB transceiver operating voltage
USB crystal less operation temperature
USB transceiver startup time
Embedded USB_DP pull-up value during idle
Embedded USB_DP pull-up value during reception
Output driver impedance
(4)
Driving high and low
3.0
(2)
-15
-
900
1400
28
-
-
-
1250
2300
36
Max
3.6
85
1.0
1600
3200
44
Unit
V
° C
μ s
Ω
Ω
1. T
A
= -40 to 125 °C unless otherwise specified.
2. The STM32L412xx USB functionality is ensured down to 2.7 V but not the full USB electrical characteristics which are degraded in the 2.7-to-3.0 V voltage range.
3. Guaranteed by design.
4. No external termination series resistors are required on USB_DP (D+) and USB_DM (D-); the matching impedance is already included in the embedded driver.
164/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Package information
In order to meet environmental requirements, ST offers these devices in different grades of
ECOPACK packages, depending on their level of environmental compliance. ECOPACK specifications, grade definitions and product status are available at: www.st.com
.
ECOPACK is an ST trademark.
DS12469 Rev 8 165/192
189
Package information
7.1 LQFP64 package information
This LQFP is a 64-pin, 10 x 10 mm low-profile quad flat package.
SEATING PLANE
C
Figure 38. LQFP64 - Outline b
49 ccc C
D
D1
D3
48 33
32
STM32L412xx
L1
L
0.25 mm
GAUGE PLANE
K
166/192
64 17
PIN 1
IDENTIFICATION
1 e
16
Symbol c
D
D1
D3
A
A1
A2 b
E
E1
1. Drawing is not to scale.
Min
-
0.050
1.350
0.170
0.090
-
-
-
-
-
Table 94. LQFP64 - Mechanical data millimeters inches
(1)
Typ
-
-
1.400
0.220
-
12.000
10.000
7.500
12.000
10.000
Max
1.600
0.150
1.450
0.270
0.200
-
-
-
-
-
Min
-
0.0020
0.0531
0.0067
0.0035
-
-
-
-
-
Typ
-
-
0.0551
0.0087
-
0.4724
0.3937
0.2953
0.4724
0.3937
5W_ME_V3
Max
0.0630
0.0059
0.0571
0.0106
0.0079
-
-
-
-
-
DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Package information
Table 94. LQFP64 - Mechanical data (continued) millimeters inches (1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min
L
L1 ccc
E3 e
K
-
-
0°
0.450
-
-
7.500
0.500
3.5°
0.600
1.000
-
-
-
7°
0.750
-
0.080
-
0°
0.0177
-
-
-
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to four decimal digits.
Typ
0.2953
0.0197
3.5°
0.0236
0.0394
-
Figure 39. LQFP64 - Recommended footprint
Max
-
-
7°
0.0295
-
0.0031
48 33
0.3
49
0.5
32
12.7
10.3
10.3
64 17
1.2
1 16
7.8
12.7
ai14909c
1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.
Device marking
The following figures give examples of topside marking orientation versus pin 1 identifier location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply chain operations, are not indicated below.
DS12469 Rev 8 167/192
189
Package information
Figure 40. LQFP64 marking (package top view)
Product identification(1)
Revision code
A
STM32L412
RBT6
STM32L412xx
Y WW
Date code
Pin 1 identifier
MS49693V1
1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter are not yet qualified and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering samples to run a qualification activity.
Figure 41. LQFP64 (external SMPS device) marking (package top view)
Product identification(1)
Revision code
A
STM32L412
RBT6P
Y WW
Date code
Pin 1 identifier
MS49694V1
1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter are not yet qualified and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering samples to run a qualification activity.
168/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx
7.2
Package information
UFBGA64 package information
This UFBGA is a 64 balls, 5 x 5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch ultra profile fine pitch ball grid array package.
Figure 42. UFBGA64 - Outline
Z Seating plane ddd Z
A4
A3 A2 e
E1
F
A1 A
A1 ball identifier
A1 ball index area
X
E
A
F
D1 D e
H
Y
8 1
BOTTOM VIEW
Øb (64 balls)
Ø
Ø eee fff
M
M
Z Y X
Z
A4 b
D
D1
A
A1
A2
A3
E
E1 e
F
1. Drawing is not to scale.
Table 95. UFBGA64 - Mechanical data millimeters inches
(1)
Symbol
Min
0.460
0.050
0.400
0.080
0.270
0.170
4.850
3.450
4.850
3.450
-
0.700
Typ
0.530
0.080
0.450
0.130
0.320
0.280
5.000
3.500
5.000
3.500
0.500
0.750
Max
0.600
0.110
0.500
0.180
0.370
0.330
5.150
3.550
5.150
3.550
-
0.800
Min
0.0181
0.0020
0.0157
0.0031
0.0106
0.0067
0.1909
0.1358
0.1909
0.1358
-
0.0276
Typ
0.0209
0.0031
0.0177
0.0051
0.0126
0.0110
0.1969
0.1378
0.1969
0.1378
0.0197
0.0295
TOP VIEW
Max
0.0236
0.0043
0.0197
0.0071
0.0146
0.0130
0.2028
0.1398
0.2028
0.1398
-
0.0315
A019_ME_V1
DS12469 Rev 8 169/192
189
Package information
Table 95. UFBGA64 - Mechanical data (continued) millimeters inches (1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min ddd eee fff -
-
-
-
-
0.080
0.150
0.050
-
-
-
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
Typ
-
-
-
Figure 43. UFBGA64 - Recommended footprint
STM32L412xx
Max
0.0031
0.0059
0.0020
170/192
Dpad
Dsm
BGA_WLCSP_FT_V1
Pitch
Dpad
Dsm
Table 96. UFBGA64 - Recommended PCB design rules (0.5 mm pitch BGA)
Dimension Recommended values
Stencil opening
Stencil thickness
Pad trace width
0.5
0.280 mm
0.370 mm typ. (depends on the soldermask registration tolerance)
0.280 mm
Between 0.100 mm and 0.125 mm
0.100 mm
Device marking
The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus ball A1 identifier location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply chain operations, are not indicated below.
DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx
Product identification
(1)
Package information
Figure 44. UFBGA64 marking (package top view)
L412RBI6
Y WW
Date code
A
Pin 1 identifier
MS49695V1
1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter are not yet qualified and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering samples to run a qualification activity.
Figure 45. UFBGA64 marking (package top view)
Product identification
(1)
L412RB6P
Y WW
Date code
A
Pin 1 identifier
MS53657V1
1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter are not yet qualified and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering samples to run a qualification activity.
DS12469 Rev 8 171/192
189
Package information
7.3 LQFP48 package information
This LQFP is a 48 pins, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package
SEATING
PLANE
C
Figure 46. LQFP48 - Outline
STM32L412xx ccc C b
37
36
D
D1
D3
25
24
0.25 mm
GAUGE PLANE
K
L1
L
48
PIN 1
IDENTIFICATION
1
1. Drawing is not to scale.
12 e
13
5B_ME_V2
172/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Package information
Table 97. LQFP48 - Mechanical data millimeters
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min e
L
L1
D3
E
E1
E3 k ccc b c
D
D1
A
A1
A2
-
0.050
1.350
0.170
0.090
8.800
6.800
-
8.800
6.800
-
-
0.450
-
0°
-
-
-
1.400
0.220
-
9.000
7.000
5.500
9.000
7.000
5.500
0.500
0.600
1.000
3.5°
-
1.600
0.150
1.450
0.270
0.200
9.200
7.200
-
9.200
7.200
-
-
0.750
-
7°
0.080
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
-
0.3465
0.2677
-
-
0.0177
-
0°
-
-
0.0020
0.0531
0.0067
0.0035
0.3465
0.2677
inches
(1)
Typ
0.2165
0.3543
0.2756
0.2165
0.0197
0.0236
0.0394
3.5°
-
-
-
0.0551
0.0087
-
0.3543
0.2756
Max
-
0.3622
0.2835
-
-
0.0295
-
7°
0.0031
0.0630
0.0059
0.0571
0.0106
0.0079
0.3622
0.2835
DS12469 Rev 8 173/192
189
Package information STM32L412xx
Figure 47. LQFP48 - Recommended footprint
0.50
1.20
0.30
37
36 25
24
0.20
7.30
9.70
5.80
7.30
48
1 12
13
1.20
5.80
9.70
ai14911d
1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.
Device marking
The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus pin 1 identifier location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply chain operations, are not indicated below.
Figure 48. LQFP48 marking (package top view)
Product identification
(1)
STM32L412
CBT6
174/192
Y WW
Date code
Pin 1 identifier A
Revision code
MS49696V1
1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter are not yet qualified
DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Package information and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering samples to run a qualification activity.
7.4 UFQFPN48 package information
This UFQFPN is a 48 leads, 7x7 mm, 0.5 mm pitch, ultra thin fine pitch quad flat package.
Figure 49. UFQFPN48 - Outline
Pin 1 identifier laser marking area
D
E E
T
D
Y e b
Detail Y ddd
A
A1
Seating plane
Exposed pad area
D2
1
C 0.500x45° pin1 corner
48
Detail Z
L
R 0.125 typ.
E2
1
48
Z
A0B9_ME_V3
1. Drawing is not to scale.
2. All leads/pads should also be soldered to the PCB to improve the lead/pad solder joint life.
3. There is an exposed die pad on the underside of the UFQFPN package. It is recommended to connect and solder this back-side pad to PCB ground.
DS12469 Rev 8 175/192
189
Package information
Table 98. UFQFPN48 - Mechanical data millimeters inches
(1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min
E
D2
E2
L
A
A1
D
T b e ddd
0.500
0.000
6.900
6.900
5.500
5.500
0.300
-
0.200
-
-
0.550
0.020
7.000
7.000
5.600
5.600
0.400
0.152
0.250
0.500
-
0.600
0.050
7.100
7.100
5.700
5.700
0.500
-
0.300
-
0.080
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
0.0197
0.0000
0.2717
0.2717
0.2165
0.2165
0.0118
-
0.0079
-
-
Typ
0.0217
0.0008
0.2756
0.2756
0.2205
0.2205
0.0157
0.0060
0.0098
0.0197
-
Figure 50. UFQFPN48 - Recommended footprint
7.30
6.20
1
48 37
36
STM32L412xx
Max
0.0236
0.0020
0.2795
0.2795
0.2244
0.2244
0.0197
-
0.0118
-
0.0031
7.30
6.20
0.20
5.60
5.80
5.60
0.30
12 25
13 24
0.50
0.75
0.55
5.80
A0B9_FP_V2
1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.
Device marking
The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus ball A1 identifier location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
176/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Package information
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply chain operations, are not indicated below.
Figure 51. UFQFPN48 marking (package top view)
Product identification
(1)
STM32L412
CBU6
Y WW
Date code
Pin 1 identifier A
Revision code
MS49697V1
1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter are not yet qualified and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering samples to run a qualification activity.
DS12469 Rev 8 177/192
189
Package information
7.5 WLCSP36 package information
STM32L412xx
This WLCSP is a 36 balls, 2.58 x 3.07 mm, 0.4 mm pitch, wafer level chip scale package.
F
G e e1
A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1
B6 B5 B4 B3 B2 B1
C6 C5 C4 C3 C2 C1
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
E6 E5 E4 E3 E2 E1
F6 F5 F4 F3 F2 F1
Figure 52. WLCSP36 - Outline e2
A1 ball location
E bbb Z
A1
DETAIL A e
BOTTOM VIEW
(4X) aaa
D
TOP VIEW SIDE VIEW
A
A2
A3
BUMP
FRONT VIEW eee Z
Z b(36x) ccc ddd
Z
Z
X Y
DETAIL A
ROTATED 90
SEATING PLANE
B03P_WLCSP36_DIE464_ME_V1
1. Drawing is not to scale.
2. Dimension is measured at the maximum bump diameter parallel to primary datum Z.
3. Primary datum Z and seating plane are defined by the spherical crowns of the bump.
4. Bump position designation per JESD 95-1, SPP-010.
178/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Package information
Table 99. WLCSP36 - Mechanical data millimeters inches
(1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max e2
F
(4)
G
(4) aaa bbb ccc ddd eee
A (2)
A1
A2
A3
(3) b
D
E e e1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.22
2.55
3.04
-
-
-
0.18
0.38
0.025
0.25
2.58
3.07
0.40
2.00
2.00
0.290
0.535
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.05
0.05
0.59
0.28
2.61
3.10
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.009
0.100
0.120
-
-
-
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
2. The maximum total package height is calculated by the RSS method (Root Sum Square) using nominal and tolerances values of A1 and A2.
3. Back side coating. Nominal dimension is rounded to the 3rd decimal place resulting from process capability.
4. Calculated dimensions are rounded to the 3rd decimal place
0.016
0.079
0.079
0.0114
0.0211
0.004
0.004
0.004
0.002
0.002
-
0.007
0.015
0.001
0.010
0.102
0.121
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.023
-
-
-
0.011
0.103
0.122
Figure 53. WLCSP36 - Recommended footprint
Dpad
Dsm
1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.
DS12469 Rev 8
B03P_WLCSP36_DIE464_FP_V1
179/192
189
Package information STM32L412xx
Table 100. WLCSP36 - Recommended PCB design rules
Dimension Recommended values
Pitch
Dpad
Dsm
Stencil opening
Stencil thickness
0.4 mm
0,225 mm
0.290 mm typ. (depends on soldermask registration tolerance)
0.250 mm
0.100 mm
Device marking
The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus ball 1 identifier location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply chain operations, are not indicated below.
Figure 54. WLCSP36 marking (package top view)
Ball A1 identifier
Product identification(1)
L412B6
A
Y WW
Revision code
Date code
MS51421V1
1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter are not yet qualified and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering samples to run a qualification activity.
180/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx
7.6
Package information
UFQFPN32 package information
This UFQFPN is a 32 pins, 5x5 mm, 0.5 mm pitch ultra thin fine pitch quad flat package.
Figure 55. UFQFPN32 - Outline
D e
A
A1
A3 ddd C
C
SEATINGPLANE b
D1 e
E2 b
E1 E
1
L
32
D2 L
PIN 1 Identifier
A0B8_ME_V3
1. Drawing is not to scale.
2. There is an exposed die pad on the underside of the UFQFPN package. It is recommended to connect and solder this backside pad to PCB ground.
DS12469 Rev 8 181/192
189
Package information
Table 101. UFQFPN32 - Mechanical data millimeters inches
(1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min
E
E1
E2 e
L ddd b
D
D1
D2
A
A1
A3
0.500
-
-
0.180
4.900
3.400
3.400
4.900
3.400
3.400
-
0.300
-
0.550
0.152
0.230
5.000
3.500
3.500
5.000
3.500
3.500
0.500
0.400
-
-
0.600
0.050
-
0.280
5.100
3.600
3.600
5.100
3.600
3.600
-
0.500
0.080
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
0.1929
0.1339
0.1339
-
0.0118
-
0.0197
-
-
0.0071
0.1929
0.1339
0.1339
Typ
0.0217
-
0.0060
0.0091
0.1969
0.1378
0.1378
0.1969
0.1378
0.1378
0.0197
0.0157
-
Figure 56. UFQFPN32 - Recommended footprint
5.30
3.80
1
32 25
0.60
24
STM32L412xx
Max
0.2008
0.1417
0.1417
-
0.0197
0.0031
0.0236
0.0020
-
0.0110
0.2008
0.1417
0.1417
3.45
5.30
3.80
3.45
0.50
0.30
8
9 16
17
0.75
3.80
A0B8_FP_V2
1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.
Device marking
The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus pin 1 identifier location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
182/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Package information
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply chain operations, are not indicated below.
Figure 57. UFQFPN32 marking (package top view)
Product identification
(1) L412KB6
Y WW A
Revision code
Date code
Pin 1 identifier
MS49698V1
1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter are not yet qualified and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering samples to run a qualification activity.
DS12469 Rev 8 183/192
189
Package information
7.7 LQFP32 package information
This LQFP is a 32 pins, 7 x 7 mm low-profile quad flat package.
SEATING
PLANE
C
Figure 58. LQFP32 - Outline
STM32L412xx ccc C
25
24
D
D1
D3
17
16
L1
L
0.25 mm
GAUGE PLANE
K
32
PIN 1
IDENTIFICATION
1
1. Drawing is not to scale.
8 e
9
5V_ME_V2
184/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Package information
Table 102. LQFP32 - Mechanical data millimeters
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min e
L
L1
D3
E
E1
E3 k ccc b c
D
D1
A
A1
A2
-
0.050
1.350
0.300
0.090
8.800
6.800
-
8.800
6.800
-
-
0.450
-
0°
-
-
-
1.400
0.370
-
9.000
7.000
5.600
9.000
7.000
5.600
0.800
0.600
1.000
3.5°
-
1.600
0.150
1.450
0.450
0.200
9.200
7.200
-
9.200
7.200
-
-
0.750
-
7°
0.100
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
-
0.3465
0.2677
-
-
0.0177
-
0°
-
-
0.0020
0.0531
0.0118
0.0035
0.3465
0.2677
inches
(1)
Typ
0.2205
0.3543
0.2756
0.2205
0.0315
0.0236
0.0394
3.5°
-
-
-
0.0551
0.0146
-
0.3543
0.2756
Figure 59. LQFP32 - Recommended footprint
0.80
Max
-
0.3622
0.2835
-
-
0.0295
-
7°
0.0039
0.0630
0.0059
0.0571
0.0177
0.0079
0.3622
0.2835
25
24
0.30
17
16
1.20
0.50
7.30
9.70
6.10
7.30
32
1 8
9
1.20
6.10
9.70
5V_FP_V2
1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.
DS12469 Rev 8 185/192
189
Package information STM32L412xx
Device marking
The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus pin 1 identifier location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which identify the parts throughout supply chain operations, are not indicated below.
Figure 60. LQFP32 marking (package top view)
3URGXFWLGHQWLILFDWLRQ
670/
.%7
< :: 'DWHFRGH
3LQLGHQWLILHU
$ 5HYLVLRQFRGH
069
1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter are not yet qualified and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering samples to run a qualification activity.
186/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Package information
The maximum chip-junction temperature, T
J using the following equation:
max, in degrees Celsius, may be calculated
T
J
max = T
A
max + (P
D
max x Θ
JA
)
Where:
• T
A
max is the maximum ambient temperature in °C,
• Θ
JA
is the package junction-to-ambient thermal resistance, in °C/W,
• P
D
max is the sum of P
INT
max and P
I/O max (P
D
max = P
INT
max + P
I/O max),
• P
INT
max is the product of all I
DDXXX and maximum chip internal power.
V
DDXXX
, expressed in Watts. This is the
P
I/O
max represents the maximum power dissipation on output pins where:
P
I/O
max = Σ (V
OL
× I
OL
) + Σ ((V
DDIOx
– V
OH
) × I
OH
), taking into account the actual V
OL application.
/ I
OL
and V
OH
/ I
OH of the I/Os at low and high level in the
Symbol
Θ
JA
Table 103. Package thermal characteristics
Parameter Value
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
LQFP64 - 10 × 10 mm / 0.5 mm pitch
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
UFBGA64 - 5 × 5 mm / 0.5 mm pitch
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
UFQFPN48 - 7 × 7 mm / 0.5 mm pitch
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
LQFP48 - 7 × 7 mm / 0.5 mm pitch
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
WLCSP36 - 2.58 x 3.07 mm / 0.4 mm pitch
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
LQFP32 - 7 x 7 / 0.8 mm pitch
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
UFQFPN32- 5 × 5 mm / 0.5 mm pitch
66
63
30
68
85
68
37
Unit
°C/W
7.8.2
JESD51-2 Integrated Circuits Thermal Test Method Environment Conditions - Natural
Convection (Still Air). Available from www.jedec.org
Selecting the product temperature range
When ordering the microcontroller, the temperature range is specified in the ordering
information scheme shown in Section 8: Ordering information .
Each temperature range suffix corresponds to a specific guaranteed ambient temperature at maximum dissipation and, to a specific maximum junction temperature.
DS12469 Rev 8 187/192
189
Package information
Note:
STM32L412xx
As applications do not commonly use the STM32L412xx at maximum dissipation, it is useful to calculate the exact power consumption and junction temperature to determine which temperature range is best suited to the application.
The following examples show how to calculate the temperature range needed for a given application.
Example 1: High-performance application
Assuming the following application conditions:
Maximum ambient temperature T
Amax
I
DDmax
= 50 mA, V
DD
= 72 °C (measured according to JESD51-2),
= 3.5 V, maximum 20 I/Os used at the same time in output at low level with I
OL
= 8 mA, V
OL
= 0.4 V and maximum 8 I/Os used at the same time in output at low level with I
OL
= 20 mA, V
OL
= 1.3 V
P
INTmax
= 50 mA × 3.5 V = 175 mW
P
IOmax
= 20 × 8 mA × 0.4 V + 8 × 20 mA × 1.3 V = 272 mW
This gives: P
INTmax
= 175 mW and P
IOmax
= 272 mW:
P
Dmax
= 175 + 272 = 447 mW
Using the values obtained in Table 103 T
Jmax
is calculated as follows:
– For LQFP64, 66 °C/W
T
Jmax
= 72 °C + (66 °C/W × 447 mW) = 72 °C + 29.502 °C = 101.502 °C
This is within the range of the suffix 6 version parts (–40 < T
J
< 105 °C) see
In this case, parts must be ordered at least with the temperature range suffix 6 (see Part numbering).
With this given P
Dmax
user can find the T
Amax
allowed for a given device temperature range
(order code suffix 6 or 37).
Suffix 6: T
Amax
= T
Jmax
- (66°C/W × 447 mW) = 105-29.502 = 75.498 °C
Suffix 3: T
Amax
= T
Jmax
- (46°C/W × 447 mW) = 130-29.502 = 100.498 °C
Example 2: High-temperature application
Using the same rules, it is possible to address applications that run at high ambient temperatures with a low dissipation, as long as junction temperature T
J specified range.
remains within the
Assuming the following application conditions:
Maximum ambient temperature T
Amax
I
DDmax
= 20 mA, V
DD
= 100 °C (measured according to JESD51-2),
= 3.5 V, maximum 20 I/Os used at the same time in output at low level with I
OL
= 8 mA, V
OL
= 0.4 V
P
INTmax
= 20 mA × 3.5 V = 70 mW
P
IOmax
= 20 × 8 mA × 0.4 V = 64 mW
This gives: P
INTmax
= 70 mW and P
IOmax
= 64 mW:
P
Dmax
= 70 + 64 = 134 mW
Thus: P
Dmax
= 134 mW
188/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Package information
Using the values obtained in Table 103 T
Jmax
is calculated as follows:
– For LQFP64, 66 °C/W
T
Jmax
= 100 °C + (66 °C/W × 134 mW) = 100 °C + 8.844 °C = 108.844 °C
This is above the range of the suffix 6 version parts (–40 < T
J
< 105 °C).
In this case, parts must be ordered at least with the temperature range suffix 3 (see
Section 8: Ordering information
) unless we reduce the power dissipation in order to be able to use suffix 6 parts.
DS12469 Rev 8 189/192
189
Ordering information STM32L412xx
Table 104. STM32L412xx ordering information scheme
Example:
Device family
STM32 = Arm
® based 32-bit microcontroller
STM32 L 412 R B T 6 P TR
Product type
L = ultra-low-power
Device subfamily
412 = STM32L412xx
Pin count
K = 32 pins
T = 36 pins
C = 48 pins
R = 64 pins
Flash memory size
B = 128 KB of Flash memory
8 = 64 KB of Flash memory
Package
T = LQFP ECOPACK2
U = QFN ECOPACK2
I = UFBGA ECOPACK2
Y = CSP ECOPACK2
Temperature range
6 = Industrial temperature range, -40 to 85 °C (105 °C junction)
3 = Industrial temperature range, -40 to 125 °C (130 °C junction)
Option
Blank = Standard production with integrated LDO
P = Dedicated pinout supporting external SMPS
Packing
TR = tape and reel xxx = programmed parts
For a list of available options (such as speed, package) or for further information on any aspect of this device contact the nearest ST sales office.
190/192 DS12469 Rev 8
STM32L412xx Revision history
Date
02-Oct-2018
18-Oct-2018
03-Dec-2018
18-Dec-2018
11-Feb-2019
03-Jun-2019
26-Sep-2019
03-Nov-2020
Table 105. Document revision history
Revision Changes
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Initial release.
Updated:
–
–
Table 25: Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code with data processing running from
Flash, ART enable (Cache ON Prefetch OFF) ,
Table 27: Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code with data processing running from
,
Table 29: Current consumption in
Run and Low-power run modes, code with data processing running from SRAM1
,
Table 40: Current consumption in Sleep and Low-power sleep modes,
,
Table 42: Current consumption in Lowpower sleep modes, Flash in power-down ,
Current consumption in Stop 2 mode ,
Current consumption in VBAT mode
,
Peripheral current consumption
Updated Table 46: Current consumption in Standby mode
,
,
Table 65: EMI characteristics .
Removed Figure 5: STM32L412Vx, external SMPS device, LQFP100 pinout
Updated Table 99: WLCSP36 - Mechanical data
.
Added Figure 12: STM32L412Tx, external SMPS,
.
Updated Table 14: STM32L412xx pin definitions
.
Updated Table 16: Alternate function AF8 to AF15
Updated Table 2: STM32L412xx family device features and peripheral counts
Updated Table 16: Alternate function AF8 to AF15
Added UFBGA64 SMPS in
Table 14: STM32L412xx pin definitions
, Figure 8: STM32L412Rx UFBGA64, external
DS12469 Rev 8 191/192
191
STM32L412xx
IMPORTANT NOTICE – PLEASE READ CAREFULLY
STMicroelectronics NV and its subsidiaries (“ST”) reserve the right to make changes, corrections, enhancements, modifications, and improvements to ST products and/or to this document at any time without notice. Purchasers should obtain the latest relevant information on
ST products before placing orders. ST products are sold pursuant to ST’s terms and conditions of sale in place at the time of order acknowledgement.
Purchasers are solely responsible for the choice, selection, and use of ST products and ST assumes no liability for application assistance or the design of Purchasers’ products.
No license, express or implied, to any intellectual property right is granted by ST herein.
Resale of ST products with provisions different from the information set forth herein shall void any warranty granted by ST for such product.
ST and the ST logo are trademarks of ST. For additional information about ST trademarks, please refer to www.st.com/trademarks . All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners.
Information in this document supersedes and replaces information previously supplied in any prior versions of this document.
© 2020 STMicroelectronics – All rights reserved
192/192 DS12469 Rev 8
Prenesi
Oglas